JP7294685B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines.

A conventional gaming machine determines whether or not to execute a jackpot game advantageous to the player based on the determination information acquired based on the establishment of the starting condition, and executes a game effect according to the result of the determination. is common.

Among such gaming machines, there is one that controls between a normal game state and a specific game state that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game state (see Patent Document 1, for example).

JP 2018-023716 A

However, the game machine described in the above patent document has a problem that the game lacks interest.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the interest of a game.

In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the gaming machine of the present invention comprises a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and one of a plurality of variation patterns based on the determination result of the determination means. variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols by one; game state control means capable of controlling between a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state; and a performance control means capable of executing a game performance according to the result, wherein the game state control means is capable of controlling the specific game state when the special game ends, and the first condition is established or the second condition is established. When a lost symbol in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display that is the predetermined number of times from the establishment of the condition, the control is possible to the specific game state, and the variation display execution means is the first. When the control is made to the specific game state after the condition is established, the variation display of the first symbols, in which the losing symbols are stopped and displayed, is executed by one specific variation pattern, and the second condition is satisfied. When it is controlled to the specific game state later, the variation display of the first symbol is executed by any one of a plurality of variation patterns different from the specific variation pattern, and the effect control means is controlled after the special game is finished. When it is controlled to the specific game state, it is possible to execute a first notification effect for notifying that it is controlled to the specific game state during the special game, and the first symbol after being controlled to the specific game state Regardless of whether or not the variable display is the specific variation pattern, a second notification effect different from the first notification effect for notifying that the specific game state has been controlled during the variable display can be executed. characterized by being

According to the present invention, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

1 is a front view of a game machine; FIG. It is a back side perspective view of the gaming machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the block diagram of the whole game machine. 4 is a diagram showing an example of various storage areas of a main RAM; FIG. It is a figure which shows the main process in a main control board. It is a figure which shows the initial setting process in a main control board. It is a figure which shows the timer interrupt processing in a main control board. It is a figure which shows the input control process in a main control board. It is a figure which shows the 1st starting opening detection switch input process in a main control board. It is a figure which shows the 2nd starting opening detection switch input process in a main control board. It is a figure which shows the special figure special electric control processing in a main control board. It is a diagram showing a special symbol storage determination process in the main control board. It is a figure which shows the jackpot determination process in a main control board. It is a figure which shows an example of a big-hit determination table. It is a figure which shows an example of a special design determination table. It is a diagram showing a special figure variation pattern determination process in the main control board. It is a figure which shows an example of the special figure fluctuation|variation pattern determination table for non-time saving states. It is a figure which shows an example of the special figure fluctuation|variation pattern determination table for time saving states. It is a figure which shows an example of a prior determination table. It is a figure which shows the special design stop processing in a main control board. It is a diagram showing a jackpot game end process in the main control board. It is a figure which shows an example of a game state setting table. It is a figure which shows the normal figure normal electric control processing in a main control board. It is a diagram showing normal symbol variation processing in the main control board. It is a figure which shows an example of the various determination tables used by normal figure normal electric control processing. It is a figure which shows the external information data creation process in a main control board. It is a figure for demonstrating the various signals output as game information. It is a diagram showing a game ball counting process in the main control board. It is a figure which shows the performance information calculation process in a main control board. It is a figure which shows the performance display data setting process in a main control board. It is a figure for demonstrating the display information of the information display device in each game area. It is a timing chart in case a time saving state usually occurs. It is a timing chart in case a normal time saving state is complete|finished. It is a timing chart after the end from before the start of the first special time saving state. It is a timing chart after the end from before the start of the second special time saving state. It is a figure which shows the main process of a production|presentation control part. It is a figure which shows the timer interrupt processing of a production|presentation control part. It is a figure which shows the command analysis process of a production|presentation control part. It is a figure which shows the icon change production|presentation determination process of a production|presentation control part. It is a figure which shows an example of an icon final display mode determination table. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of a change scenario determination table; FIG. It is a figure which shows the continuation notice production|presentation determination processing of a production|presentation control part. It is a figure which shows an example of a continuous announcement classification determination table. It is a figure which shows the production|presentation mode update process of a production|presentation control part. It is an example of production when a normal working hours state occurs. It is an example of production when the normal working hours state ends. It is an example of production when the first special time saving state occurs. It is an example of production when the second special time saving state occurs. It is an example of production when the special time saving state ends. It is a modification in case a 2nd special time saving state generate|occur|produces. It is a diagram showing a special figure variation pattern determination process of the second embodiment. It is a diagram showing an example of a special figure variation pattern determination table of the second embodiment. It is a state transition diagram of the game state and production mode of the second embodiment. It is a figure which shows the specific example in case the rush production|presentation to a time saving state is performed. It is a figure which shows the specific example in case the rush production|presentation to a time saving state is performed. It is an example of the effect when the rush effect dedicated variation B (rush effect C) is executed at the start of the second special time saving state. It is an example of an effect when the rush-only variation B (rush effect C) is executed after the customer waiting state at the start of the second special time-saving state. It is an example of a production when a non-exclusive variation (rush production D) is executed at the start of the second special time saving state. It is an example of notification of game-related information before and after the occurrence of the second special time saving state.

(First embodiment)
A first embodiment of the present invention will be specifically described below with reference to the drawings.

(Configuration of gaming machine)
First, with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2, the configuration of a gaming machine 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be specifically described. FIG. 1 is a front view of the gaming machine 1, and FIG. 2 is a rear perspective view of the gaming machine 1. FIG.

The gaming machine 1 includes an outer frame 2, a game board mounting frame 3 rotatably supported with respect to the outer frame 2, a glass frame 4 rotatably supported with respect to the game board mounting frame 3, A game board 5 having a game area 5a in which game balls (game media) flow down is provided.

The outer frame 2 has a rectangular base frame 2a whose central portion is open in the front-rear direction, and a decoration plate 2b attached to the lower front surface of the base frame 2a. ).

The game board mounting frame 3 is detachably connected to the outer frame 2 via a first hinge mechanism 6 at one end side in the horizontal direction, and is rotatably supported with the first hinge mechanism 6 as a fulcrum. It is Therefore, when the game board mounting frame 3 is rotated with respect to the outer frame 2 like a door, the back side of the game board mounting frame 3 is exposed forward, and various devices provided on the back side of the game board mounting frame 3 are exposed. maintenance can be performed.

The glass frame 4 is detachably connected to the game board mounting frame 3 via a second hinge mechanism 7 at one end side in the horizontal direction, and is rotatably supported with the second hinge mechanism 7 as a fulcrum. there is Therefore, when the glass frame 4 is rotated with respect to the game board mounting frame 3 like a door, the game area 5a of the game board 5 and the front part of the game board mounting frame 3 can be opened and closed.

An opening 8 (window) opening in the front-rear direction is formed in a substantially central portion near the top of the glass frame 4, and a transparent member 8a (such as a glass plate or an acrylic plate) is formed so as to cover the opening 8 from the rear. is attached, and the game area 5a can be visually recognized through the opening 8 and the transparent member 8a.

Around the opening 8 of the glass frame 4, an audio output device 9 made up of a speaker, a frame lighting device 10 having a plurality of decorative LEDs, and a payout device 95 (to be described later) are dispensed based on the fulfillment of the granting conditions. an upper plate 11 for storing a plurality of game balls such as game balls, a lower plate 12 for receiving and storing game balls that have not entered the upper plate 11 and flowed into an overflow ball flow path described later; A shooting operation device 13 is provided which can be operated to shoot the ball.

The audio output devices 9 are provided at two locations above the glass frame 4 with a space therebetween, and produce sound (music, voice) effects by outputting BGM (background music), SE (sound effects), and the like. It's like A plurality of frame lighting devices 10 are provided around the opening 8, and perform illumination effects by changing the light irradiation direction and emission color of each lamp (LED). The frame illumination device 10 is also provided with a notification LED 10a which is controlled to light/blink when the glass frame 4 is opened or when a payout abnormality occurs such that game balls cannot be paid out from the payout device 95.

The upper plate 11 has a bottom surface of a game ball storage portion 11a which is inclined downward toward the direction side (right direction) of the shooting operation device 13, and a ball feed solenoid 11b is provided at the end of the downward inclination. . When the game balls stored in the storage portion 11a of the upper tray 11 flow down and reach the ball feed solenoid 11b, the game balls are sent one by one toward the game board mounting frame 3 by the operation of the ball feed solenoid 11b.

In addition, on the front side of the center of the upper plate 11, there are a production button device 16 and a selection button device 18 (see FIG. 1) that function as input devices for performing determination operations and selection operations related to various productions described later. They are arranged side by side.

The production button device 16 includes a production button 17 capable of performing a decision operation (operation input), a production button detection switch 17a for detecting the operation of the production button 17, and a normal state and a normal state of the production button 17. A button driving device 17b equipped with a button driving motor for changing to a projecting state located above and a button vibration motor for changing the effect button 17 between a normal state and a vibration state in which it vibrates in a predetermined manner, and A production button light emission LED 17c is provided for changing the production button 17 between a light-off state and a lighting state in which light is emitted in a predetermined mode, so that the player can input predetermined information to the game machine 1.例文帳に追加

The selection button device 18 includes a cross key 19 (up button 191A, left button 192A, down button 193A, right button 194A) that can perform operations such as selection, and a cross key for detecting the operation of the cross key 19. A key detection switch 19a (see FIG. 3) is provided so that the player can input predetermined information to the gaming machine 1. FIG.

A lending operation unit 20 is provided on the right side of the upper tray 11 for lending game balls and returning a storage medium such as a card storing the remaining money. When the lending button 20a of the lending operation unit 20 is operated, the ball lending machine (not shown) installed side by side with the game machine 1 subtracts the remaining money stored in the storage medium and lends the game balls. When the return button 20b of the rental operation unit 20 is operated, the storage medium is returned from the ball rental machine (not shown).

Between the upper tray 11 and the lower tray 12, an overflow ball flow path (not shown) is formed for receiving game balls that do not fit into the upper tray 11 and guiding them to the lower tray 12. - 特許庁In addition, a full detection switch 32a (see FIG. 3) for detecting that the lower tray 12 is full of game balls is provided in the middle of the overflowing ball flow path, and the fullness of the lower tray 12 is detected by the full detection switch 32a. During this time, the payout of game balls by the payout device 95, which will be described later, is stopped.

The shooting operation device 13 includes a base 14 fixed to the glass frame 4, a shooting handle 15 rotatably provided on the base 14, and a touch sensor for detecting that the player's hand touches the shooting handle 15. 15a (see FIG. 3) and a firing volume 15b (see FIG. 3) consisting of a variable resistor whose resistance value changes according to the rotation angle of the firing handle 15 are provided. When the touch sensor 15a detects that the player's hand is touching the shooting handle 15, the ball sending solenoid 11b is activated to send game balls one by one.

The game board mounting frame 3 includes a game board mounting portion for mounting the game board 5, a shooting device 26 (see FIG. 3) for shooting game balls toward the game area 5a, the game board mounting frame 3 and A lock mechanism (not shown) for locking the glass frame 4 in a closed state and an open detection switch 31a (see FIG. 3) for detecting opening (opening/closing) of the glass frame 4 are provided.

The game board mounting portion 25 is formed in a recessed chamber shape having an open front at substantially the center near the upper portion of the game board mounting frame 3, and is capable of accommodating the game board 5 from the front. An opening that opens in the front-rear direction is provided at the back of the recessed chamber of the game board mounting portion 25 , and various devices provided on the back side of the game board 5 are connected to the rear of the game machine 1 through this opening. Come on.

The shooting device 26 includes a shooting member for shooting a game ball, a shooting solenoid 28b (see FIG. 3) for driving the shooting member, and a shooting device that tilts upward from the shooting member toward the lower left end of the game board. A rail and a stopper for stopping a game ball are provided at a launch position that is the inclined lower end of the launch rail. When the game ball sent by the ball sending solenoid 11b (see FIG. 3) is received at the shooting position, the game ball is shot toward the game area 5a by the action of the hitting member.

The lock mechanism 27 is provided on the right side of the game board mounting portion 25 so that the front end portion of the cylinder in which the keyhole is formed is exposed to the front side of the glass frame 4 . When a special key is inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder and rotated in one direction, the lock of the game board mounting frame 3 is released and the game board mounting frame 3 can be opened and closed, and when rotated in the other direction, the glass frame is rotated. 4 is unlocked and the glass frame 4 can be opened and closed.

A curved inner rail 35 and an outer rail 36 are provided at a position near the outer edge of the game board 5, and a game area 5a in which a game ball can flow down is surrounded by the inner rail 35 and the outer rail 36. is formed. A shot ball guide path 38 is formed between the inner rail 35 and the outer rail 36 to guide the game ball shot by the shooting device 26 to the upstream portion of the game area 5a. In addition, an out port 39 is formed at the most downstream part of the game area 5a for guiding the game balls that have flowed down to outside the game area (recovery part of the game board mounting frame 3).

Approximately in the center of the game area 5a, a frame-like decoration frame 40, which is called a center case, is provided to restrict the entry of the game ball into the inside. The left game area is divided into a left game area where the shot game balls flow down and a right game area where the game balls shot with a second projectile force stronger than the first projectile flow. communicate with each other below the decorative frame 40.

A warp device 41 is provided on the left side of the decorative frame 40 to introduce the game balls flowing down the left side game area into the decorative frame 40 , and the warp device 41 moves the interior of the decorative frame 40 below the decorative frame 40 . A stage portion 42 is provided for rolling the game balls introduced into the frame 40 and causing them to flow downward.

Below the left side of the decorative frame 40, three general winning holes 43 in which game balls can always win a prize (enter a ball) are provided at intervals, and below the right side of the decorative frame 40, a game One general winning hole 43 in which a ball can always win a prize (enter a ball) is provided. When the game balls that have won (entered) the general winning hole 43 are detected by the general winning hole detection switch 43a (see FIG. 3) (granting conditions are satisfied), a predetermined number (for example, 5) of game balls are released. A payout device 95 (see FIG. 3) pays out to the upper tray 11 as prize balls (given prize value).

Below the stage portion 42, there is provided a first starting port 45 (first special symbol starting winning region) in which the game ball can always win (entering the ball). When the played game ball is detected by the first start hole detection switch 45a (see FIG. 3) (granting condition is established), a predetermined number of game balls (for example, three) are released from the payout device 95 (see FIG. 3). It is designed to be paid out to the upper tray 11 as a prize ball (given prize value). In addition, the right for performing a special game determination (jackpot determination) of whether or not to execute a special game (here, jackpot game) is granted (special figure determination information, which will be described later, is stored).

Below the decorative frame 40 and obliquely below the first starting port 45, it is impossible or impossible to win a game ball (entering a ball) based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (that a win is won in the hit determination described later). A variable starter 46 is provided which can be converted from a difficult closed state to an easy open state or a game ball winning state.

The variable starting part 46 has an upper surface inclined downward in the left-right direction (left side in FIG. 1) to serve as a flow path for game balls, and a second starting opening opening and closing member 48 that can move in the front-rear direction. A second starting opening 47 (starting winning area of the second special symbol) that opens upward directly below the starting opening opening/closing member 48, and a second opening that detects a game ball that has won (entered) the second starting opening 47 By moving the start opening detection switch 47a (see FIG. 3) and the second start opening opening/closing member 48 forward (the prize winning regulation position), the second start opening 47 is closed and the second start opening is closed. A second starting port opening/closing solenoid 48b (see FIG. 3) is provided for converting the second starting port 47 to the open state by moving the opening/closing member 48 toward the rear (winning position).

Then, a game ball enters the second starting port 47 that is in an open state during the auxiliary game described later, and the game ball is detected by the second starting port detection switch 47a (see FIG. 3) (granting conditions are met). ), a predetermined number of game balls (for example, one) are paid out from the payout device 95 (see FIG. 3) to the upper tray 11 as prize balls (given prize value). In addition, a right for performing a special game determination whether or not to execute a special game (here a jackpot game) is granted (special figure determination information described later is stored).

In the right game area which is the right side of the decorative frame 40, a normal figure gate 44 (normal figure starting area) through which game balls can always pass is provided, and a game ball that has passed the normal figure gate 44 is detected by a gate detection switch 44a. When detected in , the prize ball is not granted, but the right to perform the auxiliary game determination (hit determination) of whether or not to execute the winning game is granted (general figure determination information described later is stored).

Under the general pattern gate 44, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (determined as a big hit in the jackpot determination), a closed state where it is impossible or difficult to win a game ball (entering a ball) is possible or easy opening. A first variable winning section 49 (first variable winning device) that can be converted to a state is provided.

The first variable winning part 49 (first variable winning device) has an upper surface inclined downward in the left-right direction (right side in the figure) to become a flow path for game balls (a part of the bottom surface of the central flow path 91b ), a first big winning opening opening/closing member 51 that can move in the front-rear direction, and a first big winning opening 50 (winning area) that opens upward directly below the first big winning opening opening/closing member 51, By moving the first big winning hole detection switch 50a for detecting the game ball that has won (entered) the first big winning hole 50 and the first big winning hole opening/closing member 51 toward the front (winning regulation position) For converting the first big winning opening 50 to the closed state and moving the first big winning opening opening/closing member 51 toward the rear (winning position) to convert the first big winning opening 50 to the open state. A first big prize opening opening/closing solenoid 51b (see FIG. 3) is provided.

Then, when the first big winning hole 50 is changed from the closed state to the open state during the jackpot game, the game ball flowing down the upper surface of the first big winning hole opening/closing member 51 reaches the first big winning hole 50. The played game ball wins in the first big winning hole 50. - 特許庁Then, when the winning game balls are detected by the first big winning hole detection switch 50a, a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10) are sent from the payout device 95 (see FIG. 3) as prize balls to the upper tray 11. paid out to

Below the first variable prize winning section 49, it is possible or easy to win from a closed state where it is impossible or difficult to win a game ball (entering a ball) based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (determined as a big hit in the jackpot determination). A second variable winning section 55 (second variable winning device) that can be converted to an open state is provided.

The second variable winning portion 55 (second variable winning device) has an upper surface that slopes downward in the left-right direction (left side in the drawing) to form a flow path for game balls (forms a part of the bottom surface of the flow path). ), a second large winning opening opening/closing member 57 movable in the front-rear direction, a second large winning opening opening/closing member 56 (winning area) that opens upward directly below the second large winning opening opening/closing member 57, and a second By moving the second large winning opening detection switch 56a for detecting the game ball that has won (entered) the large winning opening 56 and the second large winning opening opening/closing member 57 toward the front (winning regulation position), the second large winning opening detection switch 56a The large winning opening 56 is converted to the closed state, and the second large winning opening opening/closing member 57 is moved toward the rear (winning position), thereby converting the second large winning opening 56 to the open state. A large winning opening opening/closing solenoid 57b (see FIG. 3) is provided.

Then, when the second big winning hole 56 is changed from the closed state to the open state during the jackpot game, the game ball flowing down the upper surface of the second big winning hole opening/closing member 57 reaches the second big winning hole 56. The played game ball wins in the second big winning port 56.例文帳に追加Then, when the winning game balls are detected by the second big winning hole detection switch 56a, a predetermined number of game balls (e.g., 8) are sent from the payout device 95 (see FIG. 3) as prize balls to the upper tray 11. paid out to

The game ball launched into the left game area either flows down along the outer edge of the decorative frame 40, or flows into the warp device 41 and then flows down through the stage section 42, and is provided below the decorative frame 40. Winning any of the three general prize winning openings 43 and the first starting opening 45, or flowing into the out opening 39. Therefore, the normal figure gate 44 provided in the right game area, the general winning opening 43, the first variable winning part 49 (first big winning part 50) and the second variable winning part 55 (second big winning part 56) winning ( pass).

In addition, the game ball launched to the right game area flows down by passing through the normal figure gate 44 via the upstream flow path 91a, and one general winning opening 43 provided in the right game area, the variable starter 46 (second starting port 47), first variable winning portion 49 (first big winning port 50), second variable winning portion 55 (second big winning port 56), or go to out port 39 will flow in. Therefore, there is no chance of winning the general prize winning opening 43 and the first start opening 45 provided in the left game area.

On the back side of the game board 5, the game balls that have won the general winning opening 43, the first starting opening 45, the second starting opening 47, the first big winning opening 50 and the second big winning opening 56, and the out opening 39 An out-ball flow path is provided for receiving and gathering out-balls made up of inflowing game balls to flow down, and an out-ball detection switch 39a (see FIG. 3) is provided at the most downstream portion of the out-ball flow path. A game ball flowing down this out ball flow path and detected by the out ball detection switch 39a is discharged to the outside of the game machine 1 (island facility) from a discharge port on the back side of the game machine 1. - 特許庁

Outside the game area 5a, there are a symbol display device consisting of a first special symbol display device 60, a second special symbol display device 61 and a normal symbol display device 62, a first special symbol reservation display device 63 and a second special symbol reservation device. A holding display device consisting of a display device 64 and a normal symbol holding display device 65, a main information display device 59 consisting of a round number display device 66, a right hitting display device 67 and a state confirmation display device 68 are provided. The main information display 59 is basically composed of LEDs, and is dynamically illuminated.

The first special symbol display device 60 is a variable display device for displaying (notifying) the result of the first special symbol jackpot determination performed based on the winning (entrance) of the game ball to the first starting port 45. , The second special symbol display device 61 is a variable display device for displaying (notifying) the result of the second special symbol jackpot determination performed based on the winning of the game ball into the second starting port 47 (entering the ball). The normal symbol display 62 is a variable display for displaying (notifying) the result of the normal symbol hit determination performed based on the passage (entrance) of the game ball to the normal symbol gate 44 .

The jackpot determination is the special figure determination information (random number for jackpot determination, random number for special symbol determination, random number for reach determination when the game ball enters the first start port 45 or the second start port 47 Numerical value, random number for special figure fluctuation pattern determination, etc.) is acquired, and it corresponds to determining whether or not to execute a jackpot game based on the acquired special figure determination information.

Then, when a big hit determination is made based on the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 45, the first special symbol display device 60 performs a variable display of the first special symbol, and the determination result is reported after the lapse of a predetermined time. Stop display of the first special symbol is performed. In addition, when a big hit determination is made based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 47, the second special symbol display device 61 performs a variable display of the second special symbol, and the determination result is notified after the lapse of a predetermined time. Stop display of the second special symbol is performed.

The first special symbol display device 60 and the second special symbol display device 61 are respectively composed of six LEDs, and the lighting mode of the LEDs changes (moving lighting) at a predetermined cycle (32 ms) in the variable display of each special symbol. do. When focusing on only one LED, it blinks at a cycle of 256 ms (32 ms on→224 ms off). Then, when the special symbol is stopped and displayed, the LED lights up in a mode (big hit mode, losing mode) for notifying the result of the big hit determination.

In addition, in this embodiment, "jackpot" means a state in which execution of a jackpot game (special game) is determined in the jackpot determination. The "jackpot game" is a round game in which the big winning holes (first big winning hole 50, second big winning hole 56) are changed from the closed state to the open state in a predetermined manner, and a predetermined number of times ( For example, 4 times, 10 times, etc.), it means a game state that is advantageous for a player who can easily win prize balls.

In addition, although the maximum number of opening times and the maximum opening time of the big winning mouth (first big winning mouth 50, second big winning mouth 56) in each round game are predetermined, Even so, when a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 9) enter the big winning hole, one round game ends. In addition, in this embodiment, it is possible to execute any one of a plurality of types of jackpot games (special games) having different degrees of advantage for the player.

Auxiliary game determination is based on the passage of the game ball to the normal pattern gate 44 (entrance ball), normal pattern determination information (random number for hit determination, random value for normal pattern determination, random value for normal pattern fluctuation pattern determination, etc.) It corresponds to determining whether or not to execute the auxiliary game based on the obtained general pattern determination information. It should be noted that when the auxiliary game determination is performed, the normal symbol display device 62 performs normal symbol fluctuation display, and after a predetermined time elapses, the normal symbol stop display for notifying the determination result is performed.

The normal symbol display device 62 is composed of three LEDs, and the LEDs blink at predetermined intervals or in order in the normal symbol variation display. Then, when the normal symbol is stopped and displayed, the LED lights up in a mode (hitting mode or losing mode) for notifying the result of the auxiliary game determination.

It should be noted that the term "hit" in the present embodiment refers to a state in which it is determined that the auxiliary game (hitting game) is to be executed in the auxiliary game determination. "Auxiliary game" refers to a game state in which the second starting port 47 is opened in a predetermined manner.

In addition, although the maximum number of opening times and maximum opening time of the second starting port 47 in the auxiliary game (winning game) are predetermined, even before reaching the maximum opening number and maximum opening time, the second starting port 47 When a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10) win a prize (entering a ball), the auxiliary game (hitting game) ends. In other words, the "auxiliary game" is a game state in which the conditions for starting the variable display of the second special symbols are likely to be satisfied. In addition, in the present embodiment, a plurality of types of auxiliary games (hitting games) having different degrees of advantage for the player are provided.

The first special symbol reservation display device 63 is composed of two LEDs, and is the number of special symbol determination information (first reservation) stored when the game ball wins (enters) the first start port 45. It is for displaying a certain first pending number (U1), and lights up or flashes in a manner indicating the number of first pending. It should be noted that although up to four first reservations are stored, the number may be less or more than four.

The second special symbol reservation display device 64 is composed of two LEDs, and is the number of special symbol determination information (second reservation) stored when the game ball wins (enters) the second start port 47. It is for displaying a certain number of second reservations (U2), and lights up or blinks in a manner indicating the number of second reservations. It should be noted that although up to four second reservations are stored, the number may be less or more than four, and the second reservations may not be stored.

The normal pattern reservation display 65 is composed of two LEDs, and is the number of normal pattern determination information (normal pattern reservation) stored when the game ball wins (passes) in the normal pattern gate 44. It is for displaying the number, and it lights up or flashes in a manner that indicates the number of reserved figures. It should be noted that, although the maximum number of normal pattern reservations is stored up to 4, it may be less than or greater than 4, and the normal pattern reservations may not be stored.

Incidentally, the first special symbol display 60 and/or the second special symbol display 61 can be composed of 7-segment LEDs. For example, if it is determined to be a big hit in the jackpot determination, the numbers such as "3" and "7" are stopped and displayed, and if it is determined that the time is short, the numbers such as "0" are stopped and displayed. If it is determined that , "-" is displayed in a stopped state, and during the variable display, extinguishing and "-" are repeated.

The round number indicator 66 is composed of six LEDs and is for displaying the number of rounds when a jackpot state (special game) occurs. is started, the lighting of the LED is continued during the jackpot game, and the LED is turned off when the jackpot game ends. For example, if the jackpot game has two rounds, only the fourth LED from the left lights up, and if the jackpot game has 16 rounds, all the LEDs light up.

The right-handed display 67 is composed of one LED, and displays a right-handed display that prompts the user to shoot a game ball toward the right game area (so-called right-handed) during a jackpot state (special game) or a time-saving game state. It is for display, and the LED lights up during the jackpot state (special game) and during the time-saving game state.

The status confirmation display 68 is composed of one LED and is for indicating that a setting change mode or a setting confirmation mode, which will be described later, is set. Lighting of the LED is started, and the LED is turned off when the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode ends. Since the state confirmation display 68 is provided on the front (surface) of the game machine in this way, it is possible to easily confirm whether or not the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is set. . The installation position of the status confirmation display 68 may be the front (surface) of the game machine 1, and may be installed in other locations.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the same display mode (lighting display) is displayed regardless of whether the mode is set to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode. can be displayed if possible. For example, the state confirmation display 68 may be illuminated in the setting change mode, and the state confirmation display 68 may be blinked in the setting confirmation mode, or vice versa.

Also, in this embodiment, the state confirmation display 68 is provided as a dedicated display for indicating that the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is set, but it may also be used as another display. For example, in the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode, the first special symbol display device 60, the second special symbol display device 61, the first special symbol reservation display device 63, the second special symbol reservation display device 64, the round number display device 66, right-handed indicators 67, etc. are off, so one or more LEDs of these indicators may be illuminated.

Inside the game area 5a, there are a sub-first fluctuation display 81, a sub-second fluctuation display 82, a sub-first holding display 83, a sub-second holding display 84, a sub-normal figure fluctuation display 85, a sub-normal A sub information display 80 consisting of a drawing hold display 86 and a sub right hitting display 87 is provided. The sub-information display 80 is basically composed of an LED, and is dynamically lit. The sub-information display 80 is not provided with a display such as the status confirmation display 68 that indicates that the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is set, which will be described later.

The first sub-variation display 81 is for displaying (notifying) whether or not the first special symbol is being variably displayed, and the second sub-variation display 82 is for variably displaying the second special symbol. It is for displaying (announcing) whether or not it is inside, and each is configured by one LED. Then, when the variable display of the corresponding special symbol is started, the LED flashes at a predetermined cycle (1 second) (0.5 seconds on → 0.5 seconds off), and when the corresponding special symbol is stopped and displayed, it lights up. do.

It should be noted that the first sub-variation display 81 and the second sub-variation display 82 may be used to notify the result of the special symbol jackpot determination. In this case, it is preferable that the LED is turned on in the case of a big win, and the LED is turned off in the case of a loss.

The sub-first pending display 83 is for displaying the number of first pending information (first pending number) described later, and the second sub-holding display 84 is for displaying the number of second pending information ( second pending number), each consisting of two LEDs. Then, when the number of reservations is "0", the left and right LEDs are turned off, when the number of reservations is "1", the left LED is turned on and the right LED is turned off, and when the number of reservations is "2" The left and right LEDs light up, the left LED blinks and the right LED blinks when the number of reservations is "3", and the left and right LEDs blink when the number of reservations is "4".

The sub normal figure fluctuation display 85 is for displaying (notifying) the result of the winning lottery, and is composed of one LED. Then, when the variable display of normal symbols is started, the LED blinks (variable display) at predetermined intervals. Then, when the normal symbols are stop-displayed, the mode indicating the result of the winning lottery (lighting up in the case of winning, and light-out in the case of losing) is stop-displayed.

In addition, in the sub-normal pattern fluctuation display device 85, so that only whether or not the normal pattern is being displayed fluctuating can be grasped, it blinks during the normal pattern fluctuation display, and when it is stopped, it lights up or turns off. may

The sub-normal pattern reservation display 86 is for displaying the number of normal pattern reservation memories (normal pattern reservation number), and is composed of two LEDs. Then, the left and right LEDs are turned off when the number of normal figure reservations is "0", and when the number of normal figure reservations is "1", the LED on the left side lights up and the LED on the right side goes out, and the number of normal figure reservations is When the number is "2", the LED on the left side blinks and the LED on the right side lights up.

The sub-right-handed display 87 is for prompting the player to shoot a game ball toward the right side of the game area 5a (so-called right-handed), and is composed of one LED. Then, the LED lights during the jackpot state (special game) and the time-saving game state, and the LED turns off during the other game states.

A main display device 70 (first image display device) consisting of a liquid crystal display is provided in the inner part of the production space 40a defined inside the decorative frame 40, and is located in the lower part of the production space 40a and is the main display device. A sub-display device 71 (second image display device) consisting of a liquid crystal display formed smaller in size and display area than the main display device 70 is provided in front of 70, and an operation display device 71 is provided above the rendering space 40a. A movable production device 73 is provided for executing production.

The main display device 70 and the sub-display device 71 display various effects according to the progress of the game. As the effect display, a customer waiting demonstration effect performed while the variable display of the special symbols is not executed, a variable effect accompanied by the variable display of the effect symbol 70a performed during the execution of the variable display of the special symbols, and a variation of the special symbols. There are a variable display of a special symbol TZ (so-called fourth symbol) that is performed during execution of the display, a big hit effect that is performed during the execution of the big win game, and the like.

Also, the sub-display device 71 can be moved by a liquid crystal moving device (not shown) composed of a solenoid, a motor, etc. during execution of a variable effect on the main display device 70 to perform a moving effect. .

Specifically, it moves vertically (raises) between a standby position (lower position) located near the end of the main display device 70 and a production position (upper position) located near the center of the main display device 70. , descending) to perform a moving effect. In addition, it may be vertically swung at the standby position (lower position) or the effect position (upper position), or may be vertically swung at an intermediate position between the standby position and the effect position. . Further, the direction of movement of the sub-display device 71 (second image display device) may be the left-right direction or the front-rear direction, or may be configured such that the movement effect is performed by operating the effect button 17 .

The display unit (effective display area) of the main display device 70 (first image display device) includes a variable display area for displaying three production patterns 70a (left pattern, middle pattern, right pattern), and a variable production pattern. A mode display area or the like indicating the current production mode related to execution is formed.

In addition, the effect pattern 70a is composed of, for example, patterns showing numbers from "1" to "9", and variable display of special patterns executed by the first special pattern display device 60 and the second special pattern display device 61. The variable display is started in response to the start of the special symbols, and the stop display is performed in response to the stop of the variable display of the special symbols. As the effect pattern 70a, patterns representing alphabets such as "A" to "F" may be used.

The performance pattern 70a is stop-displayed for a predetermined time (for example, 0.5 seconds) in a mode (big hit mode, time saving mode, loss mode) for notifying the result of the big hit determination. The jackpot mode is a combination of the same production patterns 70a such as "777" and "555", and the time saving mode is a special pattern in the middle pattern such as "-○-" (jackpot mode and losing mode (symbols not included in ) are located, and the losing mode is a mode other than that.

The variable display mode of the production pattern 70a is scrolling in the vertical direction, but it may be scrolled in the horizontal direction, or may be switched on the spot or rotated (rotated). good.

In addition, during the variable display (variable effect) of the effect pattern 70a, various effect images such as background images and characters, movies, etc. are displayed on the main display device 70 and the sub display device 71 according to the result of the big hit determination. By doing so, the player's expectation for the execution of the jackpot game (special game) is heightened.

The main display device 70 has a first reserved icon display area 70B for displaying the number of first reserved icons (first reserved information) corresponding to the first reserved number (U1) in the normal game state, which will be described later, and a Second pending icon display area 70D for displaying the number of second pending icons (second pending information) corresponding to the second pending number (U2) in the time saving game state, and that the variable effect is being executed The icon display area 70C for displaying the icon (execution information) shown, the first pending number display area 70E for numerically displaying the first pending number (U1), and the second pending number (U2) A second pending number display area 70F and the like for displaying are formed.

The first pending icon display area 70B is divided into a first display section 70B1, a second display section 70B2, a third display section 70B3, and a fourth display section 70B4 from the side closer to the icon display area 70C. In the first display portion 70B1 to the fourth display portion 70B4, the number of first pending icons corresponding to the number of first pending items (U1) is displayed.

Specifically, the first display portion 70B1 displays a first pending icon indicating the first pending memory in which the variable display of the first special symbol is executed first, and the second display portion 70B2 displays the second In the third display portion 70B3, a first reserved icon indicating the first reserved memory in which the variable display of the first special symbol is executed is displayed, and in the third display portion 70B3, the first special symbol in which the variable display of the first special symbol is executed. A first pending icon indicating a pending memory is displayed, and a first pending icon indicating a first pending memory in which variable display of the first special symbol is executed fourth is displayed on the fourth display portion 70B4.

The second pending icon display area 70D is divided into a first display portion 70D1, a second display portion 70D2, a third display portion 70D3, and a fourth display portion 70D4 from the left. The number of second pending icons corresponding to the second pending number (U2) is displayed on the display unit 70D4.

Specifically, the first display portion 70D1 displays the second pending icon indicating the second pending memory in which the variable display of the second special symbol is executed first, and the second display portion 70D2 displays the second In the third display portion 70D3, a second holding icon indicating the second holding memory in which the variable display of the second special symbol is executed is displayed, and in the third display portion 70D3, the second special symbol in which the variable display of the second special symbol is executed. A second pending icon indicating a pending memory is displayed, and the fourth display portion 70D4 displays a second pending icon indicating a second pending memory in which the variable display of the second special symbol is executed fourth.

The icon display area 70C is formed directly above the pedestal image for clearly distinguishing it from the first reserved icon display area 70B and the second reserved icon display area 70D. The icon is displayed as follows.

Specifically, with the start of the variable display of the first special symbol (effect symbol 70a), the first suspended icons displayed in the first suspended icon display area 70B move toward the icon display area 70C one by one. By moving (shifting), the first pending icon displayed in the first display portion 70B1 is moved (shifted) to the icon display area 70C to become the icon, and the variable display of the first special symbol (effect symbol 70a). The icon disappears (deletes) at the end of In other words, a disappearing effect (erasing effect) of the icon is performed.

Also, with the start of the variable display of the second special symbol (effect symbol 70a), the second suspended icon displayed in the second suspended icon display area 70D moves one by one (shift ), the second pending icon displayed in the first display unit 70D1 moves (shifts) to the icon display area 70C to become the icon, and at the end of the variable display of the second special symbol (effect symbol 70a) The icon disappears (deletes). In addition, the icon may disappear during the variable display of the special symbol (effect symbol 70a).

In the embodiment of the present invention, the main display device 70 variably displays the effect pattern 70a. may be performed.

The movable effect device 73 has an operable first movable member 73a and a second movable member 73b. By causing the movable member 73b to perform a predetermined action, it is possible to execute an action effect. In addition, the first movable member 73a and the second movable member 73b are provided with a board lighting device 74 having a plurality of decorative LEDs, so that it is possible to emit light in a predetermined manner during execution of the action effect. .

Specifically, the first movable member 73a is positioned at a standby position (first position) near the edge (upper side) of the main display device 70 (first image display device) and near the center of the main display device 70 ( It moves (rises, descends) between the production position (second position) located below). The second movable member 73b moves between a waiting position (first position) covering a part of the front of the first movable member 73a and an effect position retreating from the front of the first movable member 73a. .

On the back side of the game board mounting frame 3 and the game board 5, a payout device 95 for paying out game balls based on establishment of predetermined payout conditions (prize balls, ball lending), a game supplied from an island facility, etc. A main control device 110A containing a game ball storage part 96 for storing balls and supplying them to a payout device 95, a main control board 110, a payout control device 120A containing a payout control board 120, and a performance control board 130 are built in. A performance control device 130A, a power supply device 160A containing a power supply board 160, and a game information output terminal board 90 for outputting game information to the outside of the game machine (information collecting device such as a hall computer) are provided.

In addition, an opening and closing door type cover member 23 is provided that opens and closes the left and right sides in the left and right direction around a rotation axis set on one left and right side so as to cover the upper part of the main control device and the entire production control device from the rear. The production control device 130A includes the volume of the production sound output from the audio output device 9 so as to be covered by the cover member 23, the display device (main display device, sub display device), and various lighting devices (frame lighting device 10. A changeover switch 22 is provided for switching the adjustment mode related to the adjustment of the light amount of the board illumination device 74).

(Overall block diagram of game machine)
Next, the control means for controlling the progress of the game will be described with reference to the block diagram of the entire gaming machine 1 in FIG. FIG. 3 is an overall block diagram of the gaming machine 1. As shown in FIG.

The control configuration of this embodiment includes a main control board 110 that controls overall progress of the game (basic action), and a payout control that controls the payout of game balls based on receipt of a payout control command from the main control board 110. Board 120, production control board 130 for controlling game-related production based on reception of production control commands from main control board 110, main control board 110, payout control board 120 and power supply board for supplying power to production control board 130 160 is provided.

In addition, the communication between the main control board 110 and the payout control board 120 is configured to be able to transmit and receive commands in both directions, and the communication between the main control board 110 and the effect control board 130 is controlled by the main control board 110. It is configured to be able to transmit commands only in one direction to the board 130 .

The main control board 110 includes a main CPU 110a that performs arithmetic processing, a main ROM 110b that stores game control programs and the like, a main RAM 110c that serves as a work area during arithmetic processing, and a main control unit as a one-chip microcomputer equipped with input/output ports. It has 110m.

The input/output ports of the main control unit 110m include an out ball detection switch 39a, a general winning opening detection switch 43a, a gate detection switch 44a, a first start opening detection switch 45a, a second start opening detection switch 47a, and opening and closing of the second start opening. Solenoid 48b, 1st large winning opening detection switch 50a, 1st large winning opening opening/closing solenoid 51b, 2nd large winning opening detecting switch 56a, 2nd large winning opening opening/closing solenoid 57b, magnetic detection sensor 57a, radio wave detection sensor 58a, main Information display 59, game information output terminal board 90, RWM clear switch 111a, setting key switch 112a, information display 113, payout control board 120 and effect control board 130 are connected.

The main CPU 110a receives an operation clock from a crystal oscillator, reads out a game control program stored in the main ROM 110b, and uses the main RAM 110c as a work area to perform arithmetic processing related to games. As a result, control processing according to detection signals from various input devices (detection switches, detection sensors, etc.), control processing for controlling various output devices (solenoids, indicators, etc.), and transmission and reception of various control commands. It performs control processing and the like for transmitting game information to the outside of the gaming machine (such as a hall computer) via the game information output terminal board 90 .

The memory area of the main control unit 110m includes a memory area allocated to the main ROM 110b and a memory area allocated to the main RAM 110c.

The memory area of the main ROM 110b includes a game ROM area in which programs and data relating to the progress of the game are stored, and an information ROM area in which programs and data relating to the performance display of the gaming machine are stored. An unused area of 16 bytes or more in which "0" is stored together with the above, a ROM comment area in which data such as the program title and version are stored, and a vector table in which the start address of the timer interrupt process described later is set. An area and an HW parameter area in which parameters such as the start address and end address of the access prohibited area are set are arranged in this order.

The game ROM area includes a game program area in which a program relating to the progress of the game is stored, a first unused area in which access is prohibited and "0" is stored, and data relating to the progress of the game. A game data area to be stored and a second unused area to which access is prohibited and "0" is stored are arranged in this order.

The information ROM area includes an information program area in which a program related to the performance display of the game machine is stored, an unused area in which access is prohibited and "0" is stored, and data related to the performance display of the game machine. are arranged in order.

In the memory area of the main RAM 110c, a game RWM area used as a work (work area) when executing the game program and an information RWM area used as a work (work area) when the information program is executed are arranged in order. there is

The game RWM area includes a set value area for storing set values, a judgment information area for storing judgment information (a checksum to be described later) for judging an abnormality in the RWM area, and a judgment information area that changes according to the progress of the game. A game data area is provided for storing game data (variation count, various time-saving state flags, high-probability game flags, various time-saving times, etc.).

The RWM area for information is provided with a performance information area for storing information on the performance of the gaming machine 1 and an error information area for storing information on various error determinations.

Hereinafter, a game area (game ROM area, game RWM area) for performing processing based on a game program and an information area (information ROM area, information RWM area) for performing processing based on an information program will be described. Describe relationships.

When the main CPU 110a performs a process based on a game program, it basically refers to the game data area and, while using the game RWM area as a work, refers to and updates the contents of the game RWM area. ing. Also, when performing processing based on an information program, basically the data area for information is referenced, and the contents of the RWM area for information are referenced and updated while using the RWM area for information as a work. ing.

However, in the process based on the game program, the contents of the information RWM area cannot be updated, but can be referred to. Further, in the processing based on the information program, the contents of the game RWM area cannot be updated, but can be referred to.

When performing processing based on the information program, after the flag register is saved in the game RWM area in the processing based on the game program, the information program is called to execute the processing based on the information program. The flag register is returned from the game RWM area immediately after the process based on the program is completed and the game program is returned to.

Immediately after the information program is started, the stack pointer of the game stack area is saved in the information RWM area, and then the stack pointer of the information stack area is set. immediately before the information program ends, all registers used in the game program are returned from the information RWM area, and the stack pointer of the game stack area is returned.

By doing so, it is possible to protect the data used by the game program when processing based on the information program is performed, and inconvenience will occur when returning from the information program to the game program. will disappear.

The payout control board 120 includes a payout control unit 121 that drives the payout device 95 to control the payout of game balls, and a launch control unit 122 that drives the launcher 26 to control the launch of game balls.

The payout control unit 121 includes a payout CPU 121a that performs arithmetic processing, a payout ROM 121b that stores payout programs and the like, a payout RAM 121c that serves as a work area during arithmetic processing, an input/output port, and the like.

The input/output ports of the payout control unit 121 include an open detection switch 31a, a full detection switch 32a, a payout ball detection switch 95a for detecting game balls paid out from the payout device 95, and a switch 95a for paying out game balls from the payout device 95. A ball presence detection switch 96a for detecting that a game ball is stored is connected to the payout motor 95b and the game ball storage portion 96 of the above.

The payout CPU 121a receives an operation clock from a crystal oscillator, reads out a payout control program stored in the payout ROM 121b, and uses the payout RAM 121c as a work area to perform arithmetic processing regarding the payout of game balls. Thereby, control processing for paying out game balls from the payout device 95 according to the payout control command from the main control board 110, control processing for transmitting the command based on the result of the arithmetic processing to the main control board 110, etc. conduct.

The firing control unit 122 includes a control circuit and an input/output port (not shown), and the input/output port is connected to the ball feed solenoid 11b, the touch sensor 15a, the firing volume 15b, the firing solenoid 28b, and the like. .

When the shooting control unit 122 detects that the player's hand is touching the shooting handle 15 by means of a touch signal input from the touch sensor 15a, it allows the energization of the ball feed solenoid 11b and the shooting solenoid 28b, and launches the ball. When the detection signal from the volume 15b detects that the rotation angle of the firing handle 15 has changed, the ball feeding solenoid 11b is driven and the firing solenoid is adjusted so that the firing intensity corresponds to the rotation angle of the firing handle 15. 28b is driven to shoot game balls (99.9 balls/minute).

The production control board 130 is based on the reception of the production control command from the production control unit 130m and the production control unit 130m, which comprehensively controls the progress of production based on the reception of the production control command from the main control board 110. A display control unit 140 that performs control processing for audio output, and a lamp control unit 150 that performs control processing for various light emitting members (such as LEDs) and various drive sources (such as motors) based on the reception of the effect control command from the effect control unit 130m. It has

The performance control unit 130m includes a sub CPU 130a that performs arithmetic processing, a sub ROM 130b that stores a performance control program, a sub RAM 130c that serves as a work area during arithmetic processing, and an input/output port. , effect button detection switch 17a, and cross key detection switch 19a are connected.

The sub CPU 130a receives the operation clock from the crystal oscillator, reads out the effect control program stored in the sub ROM 130b, and performs arithmetic processing regarding the effect while using the sub RAM 130c as a work area. Thereby, control processing for determining the effect mode of the variable effect, control processing for transmitting the effect control command based on the determination result to the display control unit 140, various input devices (detection switch etc.) according to the detection signal from control processing, and control processing for controlling various output devices (lighting devices, motors, etc.).

The display control unit 140 receives a command from the effect control unit 130m and controls the main display device 70 (first image display device) and the sub display device 71 (second image display device) to display a predetermined image. Also, it controls the voice output device 9 to output a predetermined voice or sound.

The display control unit 140 includes an overall control unit 141 that comprehensively controls image display and audio output based on the reception of an effect control command from the effect control unit 130m, and a display control command (display list) from the overall control unit 141. An image control unit 145 (VDP) that controls the main display device 70 (first image display device) and the sub-display device 71 (second image display device) based on reception, a CGROM 146 that stores image data and the like, and an overall control An audio control unit 148 (audio LSI) that controls the audio output device 9 based on reception of an audio control command from the unit 141 and an audio ROM 149 that stores audio data and the like are provided.

The integrated control unit 141 includes an integrated CPU 141a that performs arithmetic processing, an integrated ROM 141b that stores an integrated control program, an integrated RAM 141c that serves as a work area during arithmetic processing, an image control unit 145 (VDP), and an audio control unit 148 (audio It has an input/output port to which a LSI) is connected.

The supervising CPU 141a receives an operation clock from the crystal oscillator, reads out the supervising control program stored in the supervising ROM 141b, and uses the supervising RAM 141c as a work area to perform arithmetic processing related to the effects. As a result, a display control command (display list) for instructing effect images to be displayed on the main display device 70 (first image display device) and the sub-display device 71 (second image display device) is generated and sent to the display control unit 140. A control process for transmission, a control process for generating a voice control command for instructing the effect sound to be output from the voice output device 9, and transmitting the command to the voice control unit 148 (sound LSI) are performed.

The lamp control unit 150 includes a lamp CPU 150a that performs arithmetic processing, a lamp ROM 150b that stores a lamp control program, a lamp RAM 150c that serves as a work area during arithmetic processing, and an input/output port.

The input/output ports of the lamp control unit 150 include the frame lighting device 10, the button driving device 17b (button driving motor, button vibration motor), the effect button emission LED 17c, the movable effect device 73, the board lighting device 74, and the sub-information display. Device 80 (sub-first fluctuation display 81, sub-second fluctuation display 82, sub-first holding display 83, sub-second holding display 84, sub-ordinary figure fluctuation display 85, sub-ordinary figure holding display 86 , a sub-right-handed indicator 87) is connected.

The lamp CPU 150a receives an operation clock from a crystal oscillator, reads a lamp control program stored in the lamp ROM 150b, and uses the lamp RAM 150c as a work area to perform arithmetic processing related to effects. As a result, control processing of the frame illumination device 10, the button driving device 17b, the effect button emission LED 17c, the movable effect device 73, and the board illumination device 74 is performed.

The power board 160 generates a main power supply (operating power supply) necessary for the operation of the gaming machine from power supplied from the outside of the gaming machine, and supplies the main power supply to the gaming machine 1 (main control board 110, payout control board 120, Effect control board 130 and various electronic components) (corresponding to power supply means). The power supply board 160 detects whether or not the supplied power supply voltage has dropped (occurrence of a power failure), and outputs a voltage drop signal to the main control board 110 based on the drop in the power supply voltage (occurrence of a power failure). It has a power failure detection circuit 162 and a backup power supply circuit 163 for supplying backup power to the main control board 110 in the event of a power failure (power failure).

In addition, the power supply board 160 is for switching between an ON state for supplying main power to the gaming machine 1 (main control board 110, payout control board 120, effect control board 130 and various electronic components) and an OFF state for stopping. A power switch is provided so as to be operable by a game store clerk, and when the power switch is turned on, the supply of main power is started and the operation of the game machine 1 is started. The supply of backup power to the main control board 110 is maintained even when the power switch is in the OFF state.

The power failure detection circuit 162 monitors the power supply voltage supplied to the gaming machine 1, and outputs a voltage drop detection signal to the main control board 110 when the power supply voltage drops below a predetermined value. Output of the voltage drop detection signal is stopped when the power supply voltage exceeds a predetermined value during output.

The backup power supply circuit 163 has a capacitor that stores electricity when power is supplied to the game machine. supply. As a result, the memory contents of the main RAM 110c are retained even at the time of power failure (power failure), and after recovery from the power failure (power failure), the control state of the game can be restored to the state before the power failure (power failure). can be done.

In addition, although the backup power supply is not supplied to the payout control board 120 and the effect control unit 130m, the payout control board 120 and A backup power supply may be supplied to the effect control section 130m. Also, the backup power may be supplied to only one of the payout control board 120 and the effect control section 130m.

(Description of game state)
Next, the game state when the game progresses will be described. In this embodiment, it has a "low probability state" and a "high probability state" as states related to special game determination (jackpot determination), and a state related to the second start opening opening and closing member 48 of the second start port 47 "non-time saving state” and “time saving state”.

Therefore, in the present embodiment, a normal game that is advantageous for the player to perform a left-handed shot that shoots a game ball to the left side area of the game area 5a is a low-probability state and a non-time-saving state. state)”, a low-probability state and a time-saving state “low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving gaming state in which it is advantageous for the player to shoot a game ball to the right side of the game area 5a to hit the right side)”, high A probability state and a time-saving state "high-probability time-saving game state (probability variable game state in which it is advantageous for the player to shoot a game ball to the right side of the game area 5a to hit the right side)" is provided.

The initial game state of the gaming machine 1 is set to "normal game state". Also, during the jackpot game, it will be set to the "low-probability non-time-saving game state", but since the jackpot game is being executed, it will be in a different game state from the normal game state.

Here, the "low probability state" is, for example, when the set value (jackpot probability), which is the stage of the degree of advantage of the game, is "1", the game is started at the first start port 45 or the second start port 47. A game state in which the probability of a big hit is set as low as about 1/300 in a special game determination (jackpot determination) performed on the condition that a ball has entered the ball.

On the other hand, the "high probability state" means that when the set value is "1", the jackpot probability is set as high as about 1/60, which is advantageous to the player compared to the low probability state. state. It should be noted that the transition from the low probability state to the high probability state is performed after the jackpot game ends.

In addition, the "non-time-saving state" means that in the auxiliary game determination performed on the condition that the game ball has passed through the normal pattern gate 44, the hit probability is set to 255/256, and the average time of the normal pattern fluctuation display is set to about 70 seconds, and the opening time of the second starting port 47 in the case of winning is set to 0.3 seconds or 0.6 seconds.

On the other hand, the "time saving state" is the second start when the probability of winning is set to 255/256, the average time of variable display of normal patterns is set to about 3 seconds, and the winning is won. By setting the opening time of the mouth 47 to 2 seconds or 5 seconds, it means a game state advantageous to the player in which the consumption of game balls is suppressed as compared with the non-time-saving state. In this embodiment, the normal time saving state controlled based on the end of the jackpot game, the first special time saving state controlled based on the winning of the special loss (time saving) in the jackpot determination, the special pattern executed from the establishment of the predetermined condition A second special time-saving state that is controlled based on the number of times of execution of the variable display has reached a predetermined number is set.

It should be noted that the "time-saving state" than the "non-time-saving state" is set so that the average fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the opening time of the second starting port 47 are advantageous, but the average fluctuation time of the normal pattern and Only one of the open times of the second starting port 47 may be set to be advantageous.

(Various storage areas of main RAM)
FIG. 4 is a diagram showing various storage areas set in the main RAM 110c. Specifically, FIG. 4(a) stores the special figure determination information acquired when the game ball wins (enters) the first start port 45 and/or the second start port 47. It is a diagram showing a determination information storage area, FIG. 4B is a diagram showing the configuration of each storage unit of the special figure determination information storage area, FIG. It is a general pattern determination information storage area in which normal pattern determination information acquired when passing is stored, and FIG.

As shown in FIG. 4(a), the special figure determination information storage area stores special figure determination information acquired based on the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 45. First special figure determination information holding storage A second special figure determination information holding storage area for storing special figure determination information acquired based on the winning of the game ball to the second start port 47, and a special figure determination information during execution of the variable display. It is divided into a special figure determination information storage area, and the first special figure determination information reservation storage area and the second special figure determination information reservation storage area are each divided from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit.

The first storage unit, the second storage unit, the third storage unit, and the fourth storage unit of the first special figure determination information reservation storage area are the first display unit 70B1 and the second display of the first reservation icon display area 70B. They correspond to the portion 70B2, the third display portion 70B3, and the fourth display portion 70B4, respectively. Also, the first storage unit, the second storage unit, the third storage unit and the fourth storage unit of the second special symbol holding storage area are the first display unit 70D1, the second display unit 70D2 of the second holding icon display area 70D, They correspond to the third display section 70D3 and the fourth display section 70D4, respectively.

Then, the number of special figure determination information (reservation information) stored in the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit of the first special figure determination information storage area is the first number of reservations (U1), and these special figure determination information A corresponding number of first pending icons will be displayed in the first display portion 70B1 to the fourth display portion 70B4 of the first pending icon display area 70C. In addition, the number of special figure determination information (reservation information) stored in the first to fourth storage units of the second special figure determination information is the second number of reservations (U2), and the number corresponding to these determination information Suspended icons are displayed in the first display portion 70D1 to the fourth display portion 70D4 of the second suspended icon display area 70D.

Moreover, the 0th memory|storage part which is a special figure determination information execution memory|storage area corresponds to the said icon display area 70C. Then, the icon corresponding to the special figure determination information stored in the 0th storage unit is displayed in the icon display area 70C.

As shown in FIG. 4(b), each storage unit includes a jackpot determination random number storage area for storing a jackpot determination random number value, and a special symbol determination random number storage area for storing a special symbol determination random number value. It is divided into an area, a reach determination random number storage area for storing a reach determination random number value, and a special figure variation pattern determination random number storage area for storing a special figure variation pattern determination random number value.

Then, when the game ball wins (entrance) to the first start port 45 and the special figure determination information is acquired, the special figure determination information is not stored in the first special figure determination information holding storage area. The acquired special figure determination information is stored in a storage unit with a small number. Also, when the game ball enters the second start port 47 and the special figure determination information is acquired, the smallest number in which the special figure determination information is not stored in the second special figure determination information holding storage area The acquired special figure determination information is stored in the storage unit.

The 0th storage unit, which is the special figure determination information execution storage area, is the special figure stored in the first storage unit of the first special figure determination information reservation storage area when the start condition for the variable display of the first special symbol is satisfied. The determination information is shifted and referred to for executing the variable display of the first special symbol. Further, when the condition for starting the variable display of the second special symbol is satisfied, the special symbol determination information stored in the first storage part of the second special symbol determination information holding storage area is shifted, and the variable display of the second special symbol is performed. will be referenced to execute the

As shown in FIG. 4(c), the normal pattern determination information storage area stores the normal pattern determination information acquired based on the passage of the game ball to the normal pattern gate 44, and the normal pattern determination information storage area where the normal pattern determination information is stored. It is divided into a general pattern determination information storage area in which the general pattern determination information being displayed is stored, and the general pattern determination information holding storage area is divided from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, respectively. In addition, the number of general pattern determination information stored in the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit of the general pattern determination information reservation storage area is the number of general pattern determination information.

As shown in FIG. 4(d), each storage unit includes a hit determination random number storage area for storing a hit determination random number value, and a normal symbol determination random number storage area for storing a normal symbol determination random number value. It is divided into an area and a random number storage area for determining the normal pattern fluctuation pattern for storing the random number value for determining the normal pattern fluctuation pattern.

Then, when the game ball passes through the normal pattern gate 44 and the normal pattern determination information is acquired, the normal pattern determination information is not stored in the normal pattern determination information holding storage area. Normal figure determination information is stored.

The 0th storage unit, which is the normal pattern determination information execution storage area, shifts the normal pattern determination information stored in the first storage unit of the normal pattern determination information holding storage area when the start condition for the variable display of the normal pattern is satisfied. It will be referred to for executing the variable display of normal symbols.

(flowchart)
Next, the progress of a game in the gaming machine 1 will be explained using a flowchart.

(main processing of the main control board)
Main processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing main processing in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG. This main processing is performed when a system reset generated by the supply of the power supply voltage from the power supply board 160 is input to the main CPU 110a.

First, the main CPU 110a performs initial setting processing in step S10. Specifically, processing for preparing for starting control of the game, processing for initial operation of various driving sources of the board unit 500, and the like are performed. Details of the initial setting process will be described later.

In step S50, the main CPU 110a updates the random number value for special symbol determination and the random number value for reach determination. Update the initial random number value for normal symbol determination.

In step S52, the main CPU 110a detects a voltage drop in the power supply from the power interruption detection circuit 162 of the power supply board 160 (for example, the power supply that has been supplied at 24 volts drops below 18 volts). Determines whether or not a signal is input. If the voltage drop detection signal has not been input, the process proceeds to step S50, and if the voltage drop detection signal has been input, the process proceeds to step S53.

In step S53, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the voltage drop detection signal has been continuously input for a predetermined period (for example, 10 milliseconds). If the input continues for a predetermined period of time, it is assumed that a complete power failure has occurred, and the process proceeds to step S54. Assuming that there is a possibility, the process proceeds to step S52.

In step S54, the main CPU 110a sets interrupt prohibition that prohibits timer interrupt, and in step S55, issues a power cut-off designation command for notifying the payout control board 120 that power cut-off processing has started. Send. As a result, the payout control board 120 that has received the power cut-off designation command transmits the remaining payout number designation command indicating the remaining number of game balls to be paid out stored in the payout RAM 121c.

In step S56, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the command for specifying the number of remaining payouts has been received. If the command for specifying the number of remaining payouts has not been received, the process proceeds to step S57, and if the command for specifying the number of remaining payouts has been received, the process proceeds to step S58.

In step S57, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the standby time for waiting for the reception of the remaining payout designation command has elapsed. If the standby time has not elapsed, the process proceeds to step S56, and if the standby time has elapsed, the process proceeds to step S58 assuming that normal communication with the payout control board 120 cannot be performed.

In step S58, the main CPU 110a saves the number of payouts in a payout counter set in the game RWM area of the main RAM 110c. Specifically, when the remaining payout designation command is received, the remaining payout specified by the remaining payout designation command is saved, and when the remaining payout designation command is not received, the remaining Save "0" as the number of payouts. The remaining number of payouts saved here is referred to in a payout control process of timer interruption, which will be described later, and a command specifying the number of payouts corresponding to the remaining number of payouts is transmitted to the payout control board 120 after the power is restored. become.

The main CPU 110a clears the output port in step S59. As a result, the output state of the output port is initialized, and the operation of various displays and various drive sources (motor, solenoid) is stopped.

In step S60, the main CPU 110a calculates a checksum (abnormality determination data) of the game RWM area of the main RAM 110c and saves it in a predetermined area of the game RWM area. By doing so, it becomes possible to determine data abnormality in the game RWM area by the checksum when the power is turned on next time.

In step S61, the main CPU 110a saves a backup flag indicating that the data of the main RAM 110c is backed up (restored power supply) in the game RWM area of the main RAM 110c, and in step S62 prohibits RWM access, After that, wait until the power supply is completely cut off.

In this way, when the supply of the operating power (18 volts or more) necessary for the operation of the game machine 1 is started, the initial setting process is performed. When the supply of the operating power is restarted after the initial setting process is not performed. In other words, even if the setting change operation, setting confirmation operation, and RWM clear operation are performed for some reason at the time of the momentary power failure, the setting change processing, setting confirmation processing, and RWM clear processing are not executed. The game machine does not operate unintendedly, and the reliability of the game machine can be ensured.

(Initial setting processing of the main control board)
Initial setting processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a flow chart showing the initial setting process of the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

First, the main CPU 110a prohibits all interrupts in step S11, performs initial setting of the CPU such as setting of built-in registers in step S12, and waits for activation of other control boards in step S13. Specifically, the activation of the payout control board 120 and the performance control board 130 is waited for one second so that no command is missed from the main control board 110 .

The main CPU 110a permits access to the RWM area of the main RAM 110c in step S14, and transmits a launch permission designation command to the payout control board 120 in step S15. As a result, the payout control unit 121 performs processing for permitting the shooting of game balls by the shooting device 26 .

In step S16, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a backup flag indicating power recovery is saved in the game RWM area of the main RAM 110c. When the backup flag is saved, the process is moved to step S17 assuming that the power is restored, and when the backup flag is not saved, the process is moved to step S18 assuming that the power is turned on for the first time.

In step S17, the main CPU 110a calculates a checksum (abnormality determination data) in the game RWM area of the main RAM 110c, and clears the backup flag saved in the game RWM area.

In step S18, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a setting change operation has been performed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the setting key switch 112a and the RWM clear switch 111a are in the ON state. If there is a setting change operation, the process proceeds to step S19 assuming that the setting change mode is entered, and if there is no setting change operation, the process proceeds to step S20.

The main CPU 110a performs a setting change process (game program) in step S19. Specifically, based on the operation of the RWM clear switch 111a, the set value (the jackpot probability in the jackpot lottery), which is the stage of the degree of advantage of the game, is changed (updated), and the set value is changed by the operation of the setting key switch 112a. Perform processing to confirm. When this process ends, the process moves to step S24.

In step S20, the main CPU 110a determines whether the checksum is normal. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the checksum saved in the game RWM area of the main RAM 110c matches the checksum calculated in step S17. If the checksum is normal (the data in the RWM area is normal), the process proceeds to step S21. If the checksum is not normal (the data in the RWM area is abnormal), the process proceeds to step S22. to move.

If the backup flag is not saved, that is, if the power is turned on for the first time, it is determined that the checksum is abnormal.

In step S21, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the setting value is within the proper range (here, 1 to 4). If determined to be within the appropriate range, the process proceeds to step S23, and if determined to be out of the appropriate range, the process proceeds to step S22.

The main CPU 110a performs unrecoverable error processing (game program) in step S22. Specifically, after displaying error information "E" indicating an unrecoverable error on the information display 113 and transmitting an unrecoverable error designation command indicating that an unrecoverable error has occurred on the effect control board 130 , set interrupt prohibition for prohibiting timer interrupt, and after clearing the output port, output an unrecoverable error signal (security signal) indicating the occurrence of an unrecoverable error from the security signal terminal of the game information output terminal board 90. and wait until the power supply is completely cut off. As a result, the effect control board 130 performs processing for executing non-recoverable error notification indicating that a non-recoverable error has occurred.

"Unrecoverable error" is an error state in which game control is not performed (game control is not performed), and is not canceled unless setting change processing is executed. Therefore, when an unrecoverable error occurs, even if the power switch provided on the power supply board 160 is turned off and then turned on without changing the settings, the error will not be canceled and the setting will not be canceled. The power switch has to be turned on with the change operation. Note that during an unrecoverable error, the presence or absence of signal input from various input devices (various switches, various sensors) is not monitored at all.

"Unrecoverable error notification" is to display an unrecoverable error screen ("This is an unrecoverable error. Please change the settings") to make the image display device recognize that an unrecoverable error has occurred. , the frame lighting device 10 and the board lighting device 74 are all lit in a predetermined emission color (for example, red) until the power is turned off, or the audio output device 9 indicates that an unrecoverable error has occurred. An error sound (“This is an unrecoverable error” + buzzer sound) is output until the power is turned off.

The main CPU 110a determines whether or not there is an RWM clear operation in step S23. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the RWM clear switch 111a is in the ON state. If there is an RWM clearing operation, the process proceeds to step S24 assuming that the RWM clearing operation is performed, and if there is no RWM clearing operation, the process proceeds to step S27.

The main CPU 110a performs RWM clear processing (game program) in step S24. Specifically, based on the operation of the RWM clear switch 111a, a process for initializing the game control state (initializing areas other than the set value area of the game RWM area) is performed.

In step S25, the main CPU 110a sends a power-on designation command indicating that the game control state has been initialized and the current game state (here, a low-probability short-time game state as a normal game state). It is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the process proceeds to step S33. As a result, in the effect control board 130, processing for executing power-on notification indicating that the control state of the game has been initialized is performed.

"Power-on notification" refers to displaying an initial screen (background image and initial effect pattern "135") at the time of power-on to make the image display device recognize that the control state of the game has been initialized, or displaying a frame Illumination device 10 for disk and illumination device 74 for disk are all lit in a predetermined emission color (for example, white) for a predetermined period (for example, 60 seconds), or the voice output device 9 indicates that the RWM area has been initialized It is to output a power-on notification sound (“RWM cleared” + buzzer sound) for a predetermined period (for example, 30 seconds).
In the power-on notification, instead of displaying the initial screen on the main display device 70 (first image display device) and the sub-display device 71 (second image display device), the main display device 70 and the sub-display device 71 A display may be made to notify that the RWM area has been cleared.

In step S26, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not there has been a setting confirmation operation. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the setting key switch 112a is in the ON state. If there is a setting confirmation operation, the process moves to step S28 assuming that the setting confirmation mode is entered, and if there is no setting confirmation operation, the control state of the game is returned to the state before the power was turned off. The process moves to step S28.

The main CPU 110a performs a setting confirmation process (game program) in step S27. Specifically, a process for displaying the set values saved in the set value (during game) area of the game RWM area on the information display 113 and ending the confirmation of the set values by operating the setting key switch 112a. I do.

In step S28, the main CPU 110a sets the RWM area upon power restoration, such as clearing (clearing to 0) the backup flag and checksum saved in the game RWM area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the state of progress (control state) of the game returns (restores) to the state before the power was cut off, so the game can be restarted from the state before the power was cut off.

In step S29, the main CPU 110a transmits to the effect control board 130 a power restoration designation command indicating that the game control state has been restored and the game state before the power failure occurred. As a result, the effect control board 130 performs processing for executing power supply recovery notification indicating that the setting confirmation notification or the like is terminated and the control state of the game has returned to the state before the power interruption.

"Power restoration notification" means that a power restoration screen is displayed for a predetermined period (for example, 30 seconds) or a frame The lighting device 10 for the disk and the lighting device 74 for the disk are all lit in a predetermined emission color (for example, white) for a predetermined period (for example, 60 seconds). power restoration notification sound (buzzer sound) is output for a predetermined period (for example, 30 seconds).

The main CPU 110a transmits other commands (a special symbol storage designation command, a normal symbol storage designation command, etc., which will be described later) to the effect control board 130 in step S30. As a result, the performance control board 130 can grasp the number of reserved special symbols, and processing for displaying the first reserved icon and the second reserved icon on the main display device 70 is performed.

The main CPU 110a transmits a setting value designation command to the effect control board 130 in step S33. As a result, the effect control board 130 can grasp the current set value. In addition, this set value designation command may be transmitted to the effect control board 130 before the power-on designation command and the power restoration designation command are transmitted. Also, the setting value designation command may be transmitted each time the variable display of the special symbol is started, or may be transmitted each time the big winning game is started.

The main CPU 110a activates a CTC (counter timer circuit) for generating a timer interrupt (4 milliseconds) in step S34, and permits all interrupts in step S35 to control the progress of the game (main control). A timer interrupt of the board 110 is started, and the current initialization process is finished.

In other words, from the time when the gaming machine 1 is turned on until the initial setting process is completed, the game progress control is in a pre-start state before the start of the game progress control. It will be in a state where it is possible to play.

If the checksum is determined to be abnormal in step S20, unrecoverable error processing is executed. The initial value "1" may be saved in the value area and the process may be moved to step S24.

In addition, the power-on designation command and the power restoration designation command are transmitted including information indicating the current game state. You may make it transmit the game state designation|designated command which shows.

In addition, in the RWM clear process, the number of times of variable display of special symbols related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state described later is also cleared to 0, but it is executed based on the setting change operation and the RWM clear operation. In the RWM clear process, the number of times of fluctuation display of the special symbol related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state may not be cleared to 0 (in the RWM clear process executed based on the fact that the checksum is not normal, the second 2 Clear the number of variable display of special symbols related to the occurrence of special time saving state to 0). In this case, a dedicated clear operation means (for example, an operation switch on the main control board 110 etc.) is provided for clearing the number of times of variable display of the special symbol related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state to 0, for example, Based on the fact that the clear operation means is operated when the power is turned on, the number of times of variable display of the special symbols related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state may be cleared to 0.

(Timer interrupt processing of the main control board)
The timer interrupt processing (game program and information program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

In this timer interrupt process, after the initial setting process of the main process is completed, a clock pulse is input from a reset clock pulse generation circuit provided on the main control board 110 at predetermined intervals (4 milliseconds). , and controls the progress of the game.

First, in step S100, the main CPU 110a saves the information stored in the register to the stack area, and in step S110, performs time control processing (game program). Specifically, it performs a process of updating various timer counters such as the stop time of the special symbol and the opening time of the special electric accessory.

In step S120, the main CPU 110a performs specific random number update processing (game program). Specifically, the random number for judging the big hit, the random number for judging the special pattern, the random number for judging the special pattern variation pattern, the random number for judging the hit, the random number for judging the normal pattern, and the random number for judging the regular pattern fluctuation pattern are updated. I do. Specifically, a process of adding +1 to each random number value and a random number counter and updating them is performed. When the added random number counter exceeds the maximum value of the random number range (when the random number counter completes one cycle), the random number counter is reset to 0, and when the random number counter returns to the initial value of the cycle, the countermeasure The initial random value to be used is set as a new cycle initial value, and the random value is newly updated.

In step S130, the main CPU 110a performs initial random number update processing (game program). Specifically, similar to step S30, the process of updating the initial random number value for judging a big hit, the initial random number value for judging a special symbol, the initial random number value for judging a hit, and the initial random number value for determining a normal symbol is performed.

The main CPU 110a performs an input control process (game program) in step S200. Specifically, the general winning opening detection switch 43a, the first big winning opening detection switch 50a, the second big winning opening detection switch 56a, the first start opening detection switch 45a, the second start opening detection switch 47a, and the gate detection switch 44a. It determines whether or not there is an input to various switches such as , and sets predetermined data when there is an input. Details of the input control process will be described later.

The main CPU 110a performs a special figure special electric control process (game program) in step S300. Specifically, determination of the special figure determination information acquired based on the winning of the game ball to the first start opening 45 or the second start opening 47, the fluctuation display of the first special design or the second special design, the big winning opening Processing such as opening/closing (the first big winning hole 50 and the second big winning hole 56) and setting of the game state is performed. In addition, the detail of special figure special electric control processing is mentioned later.

In step S400, the main CPU 110a performs a general/universal electric power control process (game program). Specifically, processing such as determination of acquired general pattern determination information based on the passage of the game ball to the general pattern gate 44, normal symbol fluctuation display, opening and closing of the second start port 47 (auxiliary game), and the like are performed. In addition, the details of the general map general electric control processing are mentioned later.

The main CPU 110a performs payout control processing (game program) in step S500. Specifically, various winning ball counters stored in the main RAM 110c are referred to, and various winning openings (general winning opening 43, first starting opening 45, second starting opening 47, first big winning opening 50, second A process for transmitting a payout number designation command corresponding to the big winning opening 56) to the payout control board 120 is performed. As a result, the payout control board 120 executes a process for paying out prize balls from the payout device 95 .

The main CPU 110a performs abnormality determination processing (game program) in step S600. Specifically, various errors (illegal winning errors such as game balls winning in the second start port 47 when not in the auxiliary game, game balls winning in the big winning port when not in the jackpot game, various winning Abnormal prize-winning error where the number of game balls that have won a prize does not match the number of game balls discharged from the prize-winning ball flow path, a magnetic error that detects abnormal magnetism for a predetermined period by the magnetic detection sensor 57a, A radio wave error in which an abnormal radio wave is detected by the radio wave detection sensor 58a for a predetermined period of time, a door open error in which the open detection switch 31a changes from an OFF state to an ON state, and an RWM clear switch 111a during game progress control. and setting key switch 112a is operated, or full error in which the fullness of the lower tray 12 is detected by the fullness detection switch 32a) has occurred, and an error designation command corresponding to the occurred error is issued. Processing for transmitting to the effect control board 130 is performed. As a result, the effect control board 130 executes processing for performing error notification.

The main CPU 110a performs data creation processing (game program) in step S700. Specifically, processing for creating data such as ON/OFF data to be output to various solenoids and display data to be output to various displays of the main information display 59 is performed.

The main CPU 110a performs external information data creation processing in step S720. Specifically, processing for creating game information data to be output from the game information output terminal board 90 is performed. Details of the external information data creation process will be described later.

The main CPU 110a performs an output control process (game program) in step S750. Specifically, ON/OFF data created in step S700, display data, processing for outputting signals such as game information data created in step S720, payout control board 120 and effect control board 130 various commands process to send the

In step S800, the main CPU 110a performs an information program calling process. Specifically, after the interrupt is prohibited, the flag register is saved in the game RWM area, and the processing for calling the target information program by the CALL instruction is performed.

The main CPU 110a performs game ball counting processing (information program) in step S810. Specifically, the normal medium payout number, which is the number of prize balls paid out based on the winning of game balls into various winning openings (general winning opening, large winning opening starting opening) during normal gaming state, out during normal gaming state A process for counting the number of normal outs, which is the number of game balls detected by the ball detection switch 39a, and the total number of outs, which is the number of game balls detected by the out ball detection switch 39a regardless of the game state, is performed. Details of the game ball counting process will be described later.

Note that the total number of outs, the number of normal payouts, and the number of normal outs are game information that is not affected by changes in the set values (unrelated to the set values). By counting, it becomes possible to calculate performance information (a normal base value, which will be described later) from which the influence of the set value is eliminated, and it is possible to use it to grasp the performance of the gaming machine 1 .

The main CPU 110a performs normal base value calculation processing (information program) in step S830. Specifically, the normal base value ((normal medium payout number/normal medium out number) x 100) in the current game section divided by the total number of outs is calculated, and the base storage area set in the RWM area for information is calculated. Save the normal base value rounded to the first decimal place in the first area of . Details of the normal base value calculation process will be described later.

The game interval is updated each time the total number of outs reaches 60,000. A second area for storing the normal base value in the previous game interval, a third area for storing the normal base value in the game interval two times before, and a normal base value in the game interval three times before A fourth area is provided for playing, and base values for four game intervals including the current one are saved in each area.

The main CPU 110a performs performance display data setting processing (information program) in step S850. Specifically, the normal base values (performance information) for the four game sections calculated in the performance information calculation process and saved in the base storage area are displayed on the information display device 113 while being switched every five seconds. Performs processing for setting performance display data. Details of the performance display data setting process will be described later.

The main CPU 110a performs test data creation processing (information program) in step S870. Specifically, a process of creating test data (test information) to be output to a test facility used when testing the gaming machine 1 is performed.

The main CPU 110a performs an output control process (information program) in step S880. Specifically, display output processing for outputting signals such as performance display data (performance information) set in step S850 to various displays, and processing for outputting signals such as test data created in step S870 are performed. .

In step S890, the main CPU 110a performs a game program return processing. Specifically, the flag register is returned from the game RWM area, the interrupt is permitted, and the process for returning to the game program is performed.

In step S900, the main CPU 110a restores the information saved in step S100 to the register of the main CPU 110a, and terminates the current timer interrupt process.

In this way, in the pre-start state (during the setting change mode, during the RWM clear mode, and during the setting confirmation mode) before the progress control of the game is started, the timer interruption is not executed. Since the counting of the number and the number of outs, the calculation of the normal base value, and the display of the normal base value are not performed, it is possible to reduce the control load on the main control board.

(Input control processing of the main control board)
The input control processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a flow chart showing input control processing in the main control board 110 .

First, in step S210, the main CPU 110a performs general winning hole detection switch input processing. Specifically, it determines whether a detection signal is input from the general winning hole detection switch 43a, that is, whether or not the game ball has entered the general winning hole 43, and pays out the prize balls from the payout device 95. process.

In step S220, the main CPU 110a performs a big winning opening detection switch input process. Specifically, whether the detection signal is input from the first big winning hole detection switch 50a or the second big winning hole detection switch 56a, that is, the game ball wins the first big winning hole 50 or the second big winning hole 56 It is determined whether or not the game has been played, and processing for paying out prize balls from the payout device 95 is performed.

In step S230, the main CPU 110a performs a first starting port detection switch input process. Specifically, it is determined whether a detection signal is input from the first start opening detection switch 45a, that is, whether or not the game ball has entered the first start opening 45, and the prize ball is paid out from the payout device 95. Along with performing the processing for, the processing for acquiring and storing the special figure determination information is performed. The details of the first starting opening detection switch input process will be described later.

In step S240, the main CPU 110a performs a second start opening detection switch input process. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a detection signal is input from the second starting port detection switch 47a, that is, whether or not the game ball has entered the second starting port 47, and a prize ball is paid out from the payout device 95. Along with performing the processing for, the processing for acquiring and storing the special figure determination information is performed. The details of the second start opening detection switch input process will be described later.

The main CPU 110a performs gate detection switch input processing in step S250. Specifically, whether the detection signal is input from the gate detection switch 44a, that is, the processing for determining whether or not the game ball has passed through the general pattern gate 44, and acquiring and storing the general pattern determination information I do. When this process ends, the current input control process ends.

(Input processing of the first start opening detection switch of the main control board)
The first start opening detection switch input processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a flow chart showing the first starting port detection switch input processing in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

First, in step S230-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the detection signal from the first starting port detection switch 45a has been input. When the detection signal from the first starting port detection switch 45a is input, the process proceeds to step S230-2, and when the detection signal from the first starting port detection switch 45a is not input, the current first 1 End the starting port detection switch input processing.

In step S230-2, the main CPU 110a performs a process of updating the 3-ball counter used for the 3-ball prize by adding the data indicating the 3 prize balls, and in step S230-3, determines the special figure. Acquire information (random number for jackpot determination, random number for special symbol determination, random number for reach determination, random number for special figure variation pattern determination).

The main CPU 110a determines whether or not the first pending number (U1) is less than four in step S230-4. If the first reservation number (U1) is less than 4, the process is moved to step S230-5, and if the first reservation number (U1) is not less than 4, this first start port detection switch input process exit.

In step S230-5, the main CPU 110a adds "1" to the first pending number (U1) and updates it (U1←U1+1). The corresponding first special symbol storage specification command is set in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the first special symbol memory designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the number of first pending icons corresponding to the first pending number (U1) is displayed on the main display device 70.

In step S230-7, the main CPU 110a sequentially searches for a free storage unit from the first storage unit in the first special figure determination information storage area, and stores the special feature acquired in step S230-3 in the free storage unit. The figure determination information is stored.

In step S230-8, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the game is currently in a non-time-saving state (normal game state). If it is in the non-time-saving state, the process is moved to step S230-9, and if it is not in the non-time-saving state, the first pre-determination process described later is executed (the first prefetch designation command is transmitted). The current first starting port detection switch input processing is terminated.

The main CPU 110a performs a first preliminary determination process in step S230-9. In this first pre-determination process, the special figure determination information acquired this time using the pre-determination table for the non-time saving state (see FIG. 19 (a)) is pre-determined before the fluctuation display of the first special symbol is performed. , Generates a first prefetch designation command for notifying the effect control board 130 of the result of the prior determination (special figure scheduled variation pattern). In addition, the detail of the prior determination table for non-time saving states is mentioned later.

At step S230-10, the main CPU 110a sets the first prefetch designation command generated at step S230-9 in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the first look-ahead designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and before the start of the variable display of the first special symbol corresponding to the first look-ahead designation command, the jackpot game is executed over one or a plurality of variable displays. It is possible to execute a look-ahead effect (continuous advance notice effect, icon change effect) that makes users expect that the game will be played. It should be noted that this processing ends, and the current first starting port detection switch input processing ends.

(Processing for inputting the second start opening detection switch on the main control board)
The second start opening detection switch input processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing the second starting opening detection switch input process in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

First, in step S240-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the detection signal from the second start port detection switch 47a has been input. When the detection signal from the second starting port detection switch 47a is input, the process proceeds to step S240-2, and when the detection signal from the second starting port detection switch 47a is not input, the current first 2 End the starting port detection switch input processing.

In step S240-2, the main CPU 110a performs a process of adding data indicating one prize ball to the one prize ball counter used for one prize ball to update it, and in step S240-3, determines a special figure. Acquire information (random number for jackpot determination, random number for special symbol determination, random number for reach determination, random number for special figure variation pattern determination).

The main CPU 110a determines whether or not the second pending number (U2) is less than four in step S240-4. If the second reservation number (U2) is less than 4, the process is moved to step S240-5, and if the second reservation number (U2) is not less than 4, this second start port detection switch input process exit.

In step S240-5, the main CPU 110a adds "1" to the second pending number (U2) and updates it (U2←U2+1). A corresponding second special symbol storage specification command is set in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the second special symbol memory designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the second reserved icons corresponding to the second reserved number (U2) are displayed on the main display device 70.

In step S240-7, the main CPU 110a searches for an empty storage unit in order from the first storage unit in the second special figure determination information storage area, and stores the special feature acquired in step S240-3 in the empty storage unit. The figure determination information is stored.

In step S240-8, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the present time is in the time saving state (time saving game state, variable probability game state). If it is in the time saving state, the process is moved to step S240-9, and if it is not in the time saving state, the second starting port detection switch input process is performed assuming that the second preliminary determination process described later is not executed. finish.

In step S240-9, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the remaining number of times of time saving is equal to or less than a predetermined number (for example, 5 times). If the remaining number of times of time saving is the predetermined number or more, the process is moved to step S240-10. Command is not sent), and the current second starting port detection switch input processing is terminated.

The main CPU 110a performs a second preliminary determination process in step S240-10. In this second pre-determination process, the special figure determination information acquired this time using the pre-determination table for the time saving state (see FIG. 19 (b)) is pre-determined before the fluctuation display of the second special symbol is performed, A second look-ahead designation command for notifying the effect control board 130 of the result of the prior determination (special figure scheduled variation pattern) is generated. In addition, the detail of the preliminary determination table for time saving states is mentioned later.

At step S240-11, the main CPU 110a sets the second prefetch designation command generated at step S240-10 in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the second look-ahead designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and before the start of the variable display of the first special symbol corresponding to the second look-ahead designation command, the jackpot game is executed over one or a plurality of variable displays. It is possible to execute a look-ahead effect (continuous advance notice effect, icon change effect) that makes users expect that the game will be played. It should be noted that when this processing ends, the current second starting port detection switch input processing ends.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the first preliminary determination process and the second preliminary determination process described above, the special figure determination information (random number for jackpot determination, random number for special symbol determination, random number for reach determination, special figure variation pattern Since it is a process for pre-determining the random number for judgment), it is determined whether the number of times of variable display of special symbols related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state described later has reached the specified number of times. It's not supposed to. Therefore, the look-ahead effect regarding whether or not the second special time-saving state occurs is not executed.

Also, in the present embodiment, the upper limit of the first number of reservations (U1) and the second number of reservations (U2) is "4", but it may be larger or smaller than this. Also, the upper limit value of the second reserved number may be smaller than the upper limit value of the first reserved number.

(Special special electric control processing of the main control board)
The special figure special electric control processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 11 is a flow chart showing the special figure special electric control processing in the main control board 110 .

First, in step S301, the main CPU 110a loads the value of the special figure special electric processing data, and in step S302, refers to the branch destination address from the loaded special figure special electric processing data, and executes the processing corresponding to the branch destination address. , Ends the special figure special electric control processing of this time.

Specifically, if the special figure special electric processing data = 0, the processing for starting the variable display of the special symbol based on the pending memory (special figure determination information) and the special figure special electric processing data are changed to "1" A special symbol storage determination process (step S310) is executed for performing a process for performing a process for performing the process. The details of the special symbol storage determination process will be described later.

If the special symbol special electric processing data = 1, the special symbol is stopped and displayed by the passage of the fluctuation time, the special symbol stop time is set, and the special symbol determination command is transmitted to the production control board 130 Processing and special symbols A special symbol variation process (step S320) for performing a process of changing the special electric processing data to "2" or the like is executed.

If the special symbol special electric processing data = 2, the special symbol special electric processing data is changed to "0" if it is a losing special symbol (normal losing special symbol, special losing special symbol) due to the lapse of the stop time of the special symbol, and the big hit If it is a special symbol, a special symbol stop process (step S330) is executed to set the opening time of the jackpot game and change the special symbol special electric processing data to "3". The details of the special symbol stop processing will be described later.

If the special figure special electric processing data = 3, the jackpot game processing ( Step S340) is executed. The details of the jackpot game ending process will be described later.

If the special figure special electric processing data = 4, the jackpot game end processing for performing the processing for ending the jackpot game, the processing for changing the special figure special electric processing data to "0" based on the end of the ending of the jackpot game, etc. (Step S350) is executed.

(Special symbol memory judgment processing of the main control board)
The special symbol memory determination processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 is a flow chart showing the special symbol storage determination process in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

First, in step S310-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the special symbols are being variably displayed. If the special symbols are being variably displayed, the current special symbol storage determination process is terminated, and if the special symbols are not being variably displayed, the process proceeds to step S310-2.

The main CPU 110a determines whether or not the second pending number (U2) is 1 or more in step S310-2. If the second pending number (U2) is 1 or more, the process moves to step S310-3, and if the second pending number (U2) is not 1 or more, the process moves to step S310-4.

The main CPU 110a updates the second reservation number (U2) by subtracting "1" in step S310-3, and designates special symbol storage corresponding to the second reservation number (U2) after subtraction in step S310-6. The command is set in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the special symbol storage designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and processing for updating the pending icon displayed on the image display device and the display of the icon is performed.

In step S310-7, the main CPU 110a sets the game state designation command corresponding to the current game state in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c, and in step S310-8, stores the command in the second special figure determination information storage area. Shift processing of the stored data is performed, and the special figure determination information stored in the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit is shifted to the previous storage unit. In addition, the special figure determination information stored in the first storage unit is shifted to the 0th storage unit.

On the other hand, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the first pending number (U1) is 1 or more in step S310-4. If the first reservation number (U1) is 1 or more, the process moves to step S310-5, and if the first reservation number (U1) is not 1 or more, the process moves to step S319-1.

The main CPU 110a updates the first reservation number (U1) by subtracting "1" in step S310-5, and in step S310-6, a special symbol storage designation command corresponding to the first reservation number (U1) after subtraction. is set in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the special symbol storage designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and processing for updating the pending icon displayed on the image display device and the display of the icon is performed.

In step S310-7, the main CPU 110a sets the game state designation command corresponding to the current game state in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c, and in step S310-8, stores it in the first special symbol reservation storage area. Perform shift processing of the data that has been, to shift the special figure determination information stored in the first storage unit ~ fourth storage unit to the previous storage unit. In addition, the special figure determination information stored in the first storage unit is shifted to the 0th storage unit.

In addition, with the shift processing of the special figure determination information in step S310-8, the special symbol reservation display data indicating the first reservation number (U1) and the second reservation number (U2) after subtraction are stored in a predetermined area of the main RAM 110c. set to As a result, the display contents of the first special symbol reservation display 63 and the second special symbol reservation display 64 are updated.

Also, in the present embodiment, the second reservation number is preferentially subtracted over the first reservation number, but the first reservation number and the second reservation number are subtracted in the order in which the game ball enters the starting port. Alternatively, the first pending number may be subtracted with priority over the second pending number.

In step S311, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not it is a big hit and the stop special figure data of the special symbols based on the special figure determination information stored in the 0th storage unit which is the special figure determination information execution storage area. Execute the jackpot determination process. The details of the big hit determination process will be described later.

In step S312, the main CPU 110a sets a special symbol designation command corresponding to the type of special symbol determined in the jackpot determination process in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the special symbol specifying command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the process for determining the effect symbol 70a to be stopped and displayed as a result of the variable effect is performed.

In step S313, the main CPU 110a performs special figure variation pattern determination processing for determining the variation pattern (variation time) of the special symbol based on the special figure determination information stored in the 0th storage unit, which is the special figure determination information execution storage area. I do. The details of the special figure variation pattern determination process will be described later.

In step S314, the main CPU 110a sets a special figure variation pattern specification command corresponding to the special figure variation pattern determined in the special figure variation pattern determination process in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, a special figure variation pattern specification command is transmitted to the performance control board 130, and processing for determining a variation performance pattern, which is a performance mode of the variation performance performed during the variable display of the special symbols, is performed.

In step S315, the main CPU 110a sets the special symbol variation time corresponding to the special figure variation pattern determined in the special figure variation pattern determination process in a predetermined area of the main RAM 110c, and in step S316, the special symbol variation display. to start.

In step S317, the main CPU 110a clears the customer waiting state flag for ending the customer waiting state, and in step S318, sets "1" to the special symbol special electric processing data, and ends the current special symbol storage determination processing. do.

In step S319-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a customer waiting state flag indicating a customer waiting state is set in the main RAM 110c. When the customer waiting state flag is set, the special symbol storage determination processing of this time is ended, and when the customer waiting state flag is not set, the processing is moved to step S319-2. It should be noted that the customer waiting state refers to a state in which the variable display of special symbols and the special game (jackpot game) are not being executed, but the requirements include that the variable display of normal symbols and the auxiliary game are not being executed. may

In step S319-2, the main CPU 110a sets a customer waiting state flag in a predetermined area of the main RAM 110c. It is set in the transmission data storage area, and the current special symbol storage determination process is terminated. As a result, the customer waiting state designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and processing for executing the customer waiting demonstration effect for prompting the player to play is performed.

(Jackpot judgment processing of the main control board)
The jackpot determination process (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is a flow chart showing the big win determination process in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

In step S311-1, the main CPU 110a refers to the setting value stored in the setting value area of the main RAM 110c, and in step S311-2, the jackpot according to the type of special symbol related to the special symbol determination information determined this time. A big hit is determined using a determination table (see FIG. 14). Details of the big hit determination table will be described later.

In step S311-3, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the result of the jackpot determination is a jackpot winning. If the jackpot is not won, the process proceeds to step S311-5, and if the jackpot is won, in step S311-4, a special symbol determination table for the jackpot (see FIG. 15(a)) is selected, and step The process moves to S311-8.

In step S311-5, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the result of the jackpot determination is a special losing (time saving) winning. If it is not a special losing (time saving) winning, the process is moved to step S311-7, and if it is a special losing (time saving) winning, in step S311-6, a special symbol determination table for special losing (time saving) ( (see FIG. 15(b)) is selected, and the process proceeds to step S311-8.

In step S311-7, the main CPU 110a selects the special symbol determination table for normal loss (see FIG. 15(c)) on the assumption that the result of the big win determination is normal loss, and shifts the process to step S311-8. .

In step S311-8, the main CPU 110a uses the selected special symbol determination table to stop and display the special symbol displayed as a result of the variation display executed by the first special symbol display device 60 or the second special symbol display device 61. A symbol is determined, and in step S311-10, stop special symbol data corresponding to the determined special symbol is set in a predetermined area of the main RAM 110c, and this big hit determination process ends.

In this way, regardless of the current game state (whether it is a time saving state, whether it is a high probability state), if you are elected to a special loss (time saving), for a special loss (time saving) A special losing special symbol is determined from the special symbol determination table. Therefore, even in the probability variable gaming state (high probability state) that does not generate the first special time saving state, the result of the jackpot determination can be appropriately notified to the player, and the interest in the game can be improved. Become.

(jackpot determination table)
FIG. 14(a) is a first special symbol jackpot determination that is referred to when determining (big hit determination) the special figure determination information acquired based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 45 (entrance ball) It is a table, and FIG. 14(b) is the second special symbol referred to when determining (jackpot determination) the special figure determination information acquired based on the winning of the game ball to the second start port 47 (entering ball) It is a jackpot determination table for.

As shown in FIGS. 14(a) and 14(b), the jackpot determination table contains the current set value, the game state when the jackpot determination is performed, the random number for jackpot determination, and the determination result of the jackpot determination. (Big hit, special loss (shorter time), normal loss) are associated, and the approximate winning probability is described in the far right column for reference.

"Jack" is a judgment result that a jackpot game will be executed, and "special loss (time saving)" is a judgment result that the first special time saving state will occur although the jackpot game is not executed. Yes, and "normal loss" is a determination result that the jackpot game is not executed and the first special time saving state does not occur.

For example, according to the jackpot determination table for the first special symbol shown in FIG. 200 jackpot judgment random numbers are judged as "big hits", 100 jackpot judgment random numbers from "2000" to "2099" are judged as "special loses (shorter time)", and other jackpot judgment random numbers It will be determined that the numerical value is "usually lost".

As the first feature of the jackpot determination table for special symbols shown in FIG. , There is a point that it does not win a special loss (shortening of working hours). By doing so, it is possible to make the game property different between the case where the first special symbol is variably displayed and the case where the second special symbol is variably displayed, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game. becomes.

The second feature of the jackpot determination table for special symbols shown in FIG. 14 is that the jackpot probability changes depending on the set value, but the special losing (time saving) probability does not change and is constant. By doing so, the player's degree of advantage does not change drastically depending on the set value, and the player can play the game with peace of mind.

As a third feature of the jackpot determination table for special symbols shown in FIG. 14, the special loss (shorter time) probability is lower than the jackpot probability and normal loss probability in the normal game state with the minimum setting value “1”. The point is that By doing so, it is possible to increase the rarity of the special loss (time saving) that causes the first special time saving state, and prevent the game parlor from suffering an extreme disadvantage.

As the fourth feature of the jackpot determination table for special symbols shown in FIG. There is a point that it does not win a special loss (shortening of working hours). By doing so, it is possible to prevent the player from gaining an excessive advantage by winning the special loss (time saving) again during the time saving state, and to avoid the inconvenience of excessive gambling. Become.

It should be noted that the larger the set value is, the more advantageous it is to the player (the higher the probability of a big hit). can be

In addition, the probability of being determined to be a big hit in the low probability gaming state and / or the high probability gaming state may be the same for all the setting values (1 to 4), for example, two or three setting values ( 1 and 2, 1 to 3, etc.), the probability of being determined to be a big hit in the low probability game state and/or the high probability game state may be the same.

Also, in the jackpot determination table for the first special symbol, it is designed to win a special loss (time reduction) in the time saving game state and the probability variation game state, but in one or both of the time saving game state and the probability variation game state Special loss (Shortening time) may not be elected.

Also, in the jackpot determination table for the second special symbol, it is designed not to win a special loss (time saving), but at least one or all of the normal game state, time saving game state and variable game state Special loss (time saving) ) may be elected. In this case, you may win with the same probability as the jackpot determination table for the first special symbol, or a different probability (the probability that the jackpot determination table for the first special symbol is higher, or the second special symbol The probability that the jackpot determination table for symbols is higher) may be selected.

In addition, in the present embodiment, a small winning game that opens and closes the big winning mouth in a manner more disadvantageous to the player than the big winning game is executed. You may make it In addition, it is possible to prevent a small win from being won in the big win determination table for the first special symbol, and to win a small win in the big win determination table for the second special symbol. In these cases, the probability of being determined to be a small win may be the same for all set values.

(Special pattern judgment table)
FIG. 15(a) is a special symbol determination table for the big hit that is referred to when determining the stop symbol of the special symbol when it is determined to be a big hit, and FIG. It is a special symbol determination table for special losing which is referred to when determining the stop symbol of the special symbol when determined, and FIG. 15(c) determines the stop symbol of the special symbol when it is determined as losing. It is a special symbol determination table for normal loss that is referred to when doing.

As shown in FIGS. 15(a) to (c), the special symbol determination table includes the type of special symbol for determining the stop symbol, the random number for special symbol determination, the determination result of the special symbol determination, and the determination. The stop special figure data indicating the result and the special symbol designation command indicating the determination result of the special symbol determination are associated, and the lighting mode of the LED in the special symbol display is described in the rightmost column for reference.

The special symbols "01" and "04" are special jackpot patterns in which the first jackpot game (normal jackpot game) consisting of 10 round games is executed. It is displayed by turning on the fourth three LEDs.
The special symbols "02" and "05" are special jackpot symbols in which a second jackpot game (probability variable jackpot game) consisting of 10 round games is executed. It is displayed by turning on the fifth three LEDs.
The special pattern "03" is a special jackpot pattern in which a third jackpot game (probability variable jackpot game) consisting of two round games is executed. It is displayed by turning on the individual LEDs.

Special symbols “20” and “21” are special losing special symbols that generate the first special time-saving state, and the 1st, 5th or 1st, 6th two LEDs from the left end of the special symbol display It is displayed by lighting up.
The special symbols “00” and “10” are normal losing special symbols that do not cause the jackpot game to be executed and the time saving state to occur, and the first LED from the left end of the special symbol display is lit. It is now displayed.

The first feature of the special symbol determination table shown in FIG. 15 is that the type of special jackpot symbol, the type of special losing special symbol, and the type of normal losing special symbol are the same without changing depending on the setting value. . By doing so, the game is not overly complicated, and the player can play the game with peace of mind.

The second feature of the special symbol determination table shown in FIG. 15 is that the selection ratio of the jackpot special symbols, the selection ratio of the special losing special symbols, and the selection percentage of the normal losing special symbols are constant without changing depending on the set value. is mentioned. By doing so, the player's degree of advantage does not change drastically depending on the set value, and the player can play the game with peace of mind.

As a third feature of the special symbol determination table shown in FIG. The point is that the number of LEDs (light emitting members) of the special symbol display device that lights up when displaying is smaller. By doing so, it is possible to easily grasp the type of the displayed special symbol, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

As a fourth feature of the special symbol determination table shown in FIG. The point is that the number of LEDs (light emitting members) of the special symbol indicator that lights up is smaller. By doing so, it is possible to easily grasp the type of the displayed special symbol, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

A fifth feature of the special symbol determination table shown in FIG. The point is that the same as the LED (light emitting member) of the special symbol display device is included. By doing so, it becomes easy to grasp that it is not a big hit special symbol but a special losing special symbol or a normal losing special symbol, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, each of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is associated with one normal unsuccessful special symbol, but at least one of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is associated with a plurality of unsuccessful special symbols. may

Also, two types of special losing symbols are associated with the first special symbol, but it may be one type or three or more types.

Also, the number of LEDs of the special symbol display device that is lit when displaying the big hit special symbol may be more than three or may be less than three. In addition, the number of LEDs of the special symbol display device that is lit when displaying the special losing special symbol may be more than two or may be less than two, but even in this case, the special symbol for the jackpot may be displayed. It may be made different from the number of LEDs of the special symbol display device that is lit when displaying .

In addition, the LED of the special symbol indicator that lights up when displaying the special losing special symbol and the LED of the special symbol indicator that lights up when displaying the normal losing special symbol are not included (completely Alternatively, the LED of the special symbol indicator that lights up when displaying one of the two types of special losing special symbols and the LED of the special symbol indicator that lights up when displaying the normal losing special symbol include the same one, and the LED of the special symbol indicator that lights up when displaying the other of the two types of special losing special symbols and the LED of the special symbol indicator that lights up when displaying the normal losing special symbol may not contain the same one (completely different).

(Special figure variation pattern determination processing of the main control board)
The special figure variation pattern determination processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing a special figure variation pattern determination process in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

First, in step S313-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the current state is a high probability state. If it is in the high probability state, the process proceeds to step S313-3, and if it is not in the high probability state, in step S313-2, the number of fluctuations stored in the main RAM 110c, specifically, the predetermined condition The number of times of variable display of special symbols executed from establishment (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of times of variation based on the end of the jackpot game) is updated by +1.

Here, regardless of whether it is the variable display of the first special symbol or the variable display of the second special symbol, the number of times of variation is updated by +1. It should be noted that this number of fluctuations is not updated in the high probability state, and is referred to in special symbol stop processing to be described later.

In step S313-3, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the current state is the non-time-saving state (normal game state). If it is not a non-time-saving state, the process is moved to step S313-5, and if it is a non-time-saving state, in step S313-4, the special figure variation pattern determination table for the non-time-saving state (see FIG. 17) is selected. Then, the process moves to step S313-10. In addition, the details of the special figure variation pattern determination table for the non-time saving state will be described later.

In step S313-5, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the current time saving state (normal working time saving state, first special working time saving state, second special working time saving state) is before the final change (number of time saving > 0). If it is not before the final variation of the time saving state, that is, if it is the final variation of the time saving state (time saving number = 0), the process is moved to step S313-7, If it is before the final variation of the time saving state, step In S313-6, the special figure variation pattern determination table (see FIG. 18(a)) for time saving state (before final variation) is selected, and the process proceeds to step S313-10. In addition, the details of the special figure variation pattern determination table for the time saving state (before the final variation) will be described later.

In step S313-7, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the current state is the normal time saving state. In the case of the normal time-saving state, select the special figure variation pattern determination table (see FIG. 18(b)) for the normal time-saving state (final variation), and move the process to step S313-10. If it is not a normal time saving state, that is, if it is a special time saving state, in step S313-9, the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table for the special time saving state (final change) (see FIG. 18 (c)) Select , the process moves to step S313-10. In addition, the details of the special figure variation pattern determination table for the normal time saving state (final variation) and the special figure variation pattern determination table for the special time saving state (final variation) will be described later.

The main CPU 110a determines the special figure variation pattern using the selected special figure variation pattern determination table in step S313-10, and determines the variation time corresponding to the determined special figure variation pattern in step S313-11. is set to a predetermined area, and in step S313-12, a special figure variation pattern specification command corresponding to the determined special figure variation pattern is set in the production transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c, and this special figure variation pattern determination End the process. As a result, the special figure variation pattern specification command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the process for determining the variation effect pattern, which is the effect mode of the variation effect, is performed.

(Special figure variation pattern determination table)
Figure 17 is a special figure variation pattern determination table for the non-time saving state referred to when determining the variation pattern of the special symbol in the non-time saving state, Figure 18 (a) before the end of the time saving state It is a special symbol variation pattern determination table for the time saving state (before the final variation) to be referred to when determining the variation pattern of the special symbol to be performed, and FIG. It is a special figure variation pattern determination table for the normal time saving state (final variation) that is referred to when determining the variation pattern of, and FIG. It is a special figure variation pattern determination table for special time saving state (final variation) to be referred to when deciding.

As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the special symbol variation pattern determination table includes the type of special symbol (starting port) to be displayed in variation, the determination result of the big hit determination, and the determination result of the special symbol (stop special symbol data ), the random number for reach determination, the first reservation number (U1) or the second reservation number (U2), the random number for special figure fluctuation pattern judgment, the special figure fluctuation pattern as a judgment result, and the special design Fluctuation time is associated with a special figure variation pattern designation command indicating a special figure variation pattern, and for reference, the effect contents that can be executed by each special figure variation pattern are described in the rightmost column.

As the production contents shown in the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIGS. Shortened variation ends in a shorter variation time than normal variation.

In addition, "ready-to-win" means that the player expects that a jackpot game will be executed in which some of the combinations of the performance symbols 70a that inform the big win are temporarily stopped and the other performance symbols 70a fluctuate. It means a variation mode that causes For example, when a combination of three performance symbols 70a of "777" is set as a combination of performance symbols 70a (jackpot result mode) for reporting a big win, the same performance symbols 70a are set to "7" in the left and right areas. is temporarily stopped, and the remaining production pattern 70a is changing in the central area.

It should be noted that "temporary stop" means that the production pattern 70a swings slightly or is slightly deformed to make it appear to the player that the production pattern 70a is stopped (completely stopped). not).

In addition, "normal reach" means a reach in which the same production pattern 70a is temporarily stopped in the left and right regions and the remaining one production pattern 70a fluctuates in the central region, and the reach with the lowest expectation of a big win. It has become. In addition, in this embodiment, the "normal reach" does not cause a big hit, but the "normal reach" may be configured to make a big win.

"SP reach" and "special SP reach" are super reach, which are executed after normal reach and have a higher expectation of a big hit than normal reach. For example, the player is notified that the three performance symbols 70a in the ready-to-win state are reduced and moved to the corner of the image display device, and that the jackpot game will be executed using almost the entire display area of the image display device. It is designed to give a special performance that you can expect. In addition, in the "special SP reach", a more special effect than in the "SP reach" is executed.

Also, "SPSP reach" is a special reach that is executed after normal reach or super reach and has a higher expectation of a big win than super reach. For example, the three production patterns 70a in the ready-to-win state are reduced and moved to the corner of the image display device, and almost the entire display area of the image display device is used to perform a more special production than "SP ready-to-win". It's like

In addition, the “full rotation reach” is a reach that will determine the jackpot. For example, all the three production patterns 70a are the same and fluctuate at a low speed, and almost the entire display area of the image display device is used to perform a special production than "SPSP reach".

In addition, the “chance effect” is a effect that arouses any of the SP reach effect, the special loss (shorter working hours), and the normal loss. For example, the three performance symbols 70a in the reach state are reduced and moved to the corners of the image display device, and a special performance is performed using almost the entire display area of the image display device.

In addition, "additional effect" is a special effect when winning a special loss (time saving) in the variable display before the final time in the time saving state, and the variable display of special symbols that can be executed in the time saving state. It is designed to perform an additional effect that indicates that the number of times of time reduction, which is the number of times, is added.

In addition, "result fluctuation" is a special effect for the variable display that is the final round of the normal time saving state, and using almost the entire display area of the image display device, the jackpot from the normal game state called the so-called first hit Triggered by the game, an effect is performed in which a result display is executed to display the result of the game during a series of advantageous periods in which the player continues to be in an advantageous state.

In addition, "special fluctuation" is a production dedicated to the variable display that is the final time of the special time saving state, and using almost the entire display area of the image display device, using the production button 17 Whether it will be a big hit or not. It is designed to perform a special production to incite.

In addition, "result revival fluctuation" is a special effect when winning a special loss (time saving) in the variable display that is the final time of the normal time saving state, and the time saving state resumes after executing the above-mentioned result display. It is designed to perform a resurrection production showing that it will be done.

In addition, "special revival fluctuation" is a special production when winning a special loss (time reduction) in the final fluctuation display of the special time saving state, and whether or not it will be a big hit using the production button 17 described above. It is designed to perform a resurrection effect that indicates that the time saving state will resume after executing a special effect that arouses.

The first feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 is that the type of the special figure variation pattern to be determined is the same without changing depending on the set value. By doing so, it becomes difficult to see through the set value from the special figure variation pattern, and it becomes possible to provide a fair game.

The second feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 is that the selection ratio of each special figure variation pattern is the same without changing depending on the set value. By doing so, it becomes difficult to see through the set value from the special figure variation pattern, and it becomes possible to provide a fair game.

As the third feature of the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, during the fluctuation display that is the final round of the normal time saving state (series of advantageous periods), a fluctuation effect in which the result display is performed is executed. points. By doing so, the player can confirm the result of the game during the series of advantageous periods, and the interest in the game can be improved.

As a fourth feature of the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIGS. is performed. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the dissatisfaction of the player from increasing due to the display of the game results in the series of advantageous periods even though the big winning game is not being executed, thereby improving the interest of the game. can be improved.

As the fifth feature of the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the time saving state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the starting port than the normal game state tends to shorten the fluctuation time of the special symbol. (A short fluctuation time is likely to be selected). By doing so, it is possible to increase the number of execution times of the variable display of the special symbols per unit time, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

It should be noted that the selection ratio of the special figure variation pattern may be changed for each setting value, may be changed by odd setting and even setting, or low setting (eg 1 to 2) It may be changed depending on whether the setting is high (eg, 3 to 4). In addition, a dedicated special figure variation pattern is provided for each set value, a dedicated special figure variation pattern is provided for one of the odd setting and even setting, and the other is not provided with a special special figure variation pattern, One of the low setting and high setting may be provided with a dedicated special figure variation pattern, and the other may not be provided with a dedicated special figure variation pattern.

In addition, there is only one type of variation pattern that is determined at the time of special loss (time reduction), but multiple types may be provided, and in this case, two types of chance production with different expectations of special loss (time reduction) may be provided.

Also, during the variable display, which is the final time of the special time saving state, the result display is not performed, but the time saving state will continue by winning the special loss (time saving) during the normal time saving state. In this case, this time saving state also becomes a series of advantageous sections, so the result display may be performed in the final variable display.

In addition, during the normal time-saving state, a special loss (time-saving) will be elected, and the time-saving state will continue. As a result, the number of times of fluctuation display of special symbols executed from 0 clearing based on the end of the jackpot game that generated the normal time saving state during this time saving state reaches the specified number of times, and the time saving state continues. In this case, the time saving state is also a series of advantageous sections, so the result may be displayed in the final variable display.

(Advance judgment table)
Figure 19 (a) is a pre-determination table for the non-time-saving state referred to when pre-determining the special figure determination information acquired based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port during the non-time-saving state, FIG. (b) is a pre-determination table for the time saving state referred to when pre-determining the special figure determination information acquired based on the winning of the game ball to the starting port during the time saving state.

As shown in FIG. 19, in the preliminary determination table, the type of special symbol (starting port), the determination result of the jackpot determination, the determination result of the special symbol, the reach determination random number, and the special symbol variation pattern determination A random number, a special figure scheduled variation pattern as a determination result, and a look-ahead designation command indicating a special figure scheduled variation pattern are associated.

In addition, in the preliminary judgment of the special figure judgment information, it is possible to judge whether it is a "big hit", "special loss (shorter time)", or "normal loss" by the random number for judging the big hit, and the random number for judging the special symbol Since it is possible to determine the type of symbol, and it is possible to determine in advance the type of special figure scheduled variation pattern scheduled to be executed by the reach determination random value and the special figure variation pattern determination random value, the effect control board 130 reads ahead From the specified command, it is possible to specify the type of special symbol and the special symbol scheduled variation pattern whether it is a big hit, a special loss (time saving) or a loss.

(Special symbol stop processing of the main control board)
The special symbol stop processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 20 is a flow chart showing special symbol stop processing in the main control board 110 .

First, in step S330-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the special symbol stop time set in step S320 has elapsed. If the stop time has not passed, this special symbol stop processing is terminated, and if the stop time has passed, in step S330-2, the current time saving state (time saving game state, probability variation game state ), specifically, the main RAM 110c has a time saving state flag (a normal time saving state flag indicating that it is a normal time saving state, a first special time saving state flag indicating that it is a first special time saving state, It is determined whether or not at least one of the second special time saving state flags indicating that the second special time saving state is set. If it is in the time saving state, the process moves to step S330-3, and if it is not in the time saving state (it is in the normal game state), the process moves to step S330-6.

In step S330-3, the main CPU 110a stores the number of times of reduced working hours that is not "0" stored in the main RAM 110c (normal number of reduced working hours corresponding to the normal reduced working hours state, first special reduced working hours number corresponding to the first special reduced working hours state, third The third special time saving number corresponding to the special time saving state) is updated by -1, and in step S330-4, there is a time saving number (first time saving number, second time saving number, third time saving number) that becomes "0" Determine whether or not When there is no time saving number of times becoming "0", the process is moved to step S330-6, and when there is a time saving number of times becoming "0", in step S330-5, the time saving state set in the main RAM 110c Clear the time saving state flag corresponding to the number of times of time saving that has become "0" among the flags.

In step S330-6, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the stopped special symbol is a big win special symbol (big win winning). If it is a jackpot special symbol, the process is moved to step S330-7, and if it is not a jackpot special symbol (it is a special losing special symbol or a normal losing special symbol), the process is moved to step S330-11.

In step S330-7, the main CPU 110a clears various game state flags (various time-saving state flags, high-probability game flags) set in the main RAM 110c, and in step S330-8, an opening corresponding to the type of jackpot game. The specified command is set in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the opening designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the opening effect of the jackpot game is executed.

In step S330-9, the main CPU 110a sets the opening time according to the opening effect of the jackpot game in the main RAM 110c, in step S330-10 sets "3" to the special figure special electric processing data, and in step S330-20. to process.

The main CPU 110a determines in step S330-11 whether or not the current state is a high probability state. If it is in the high probability state, the processing is moved to step S330-20 assuming that the time saving state is not generated, and if it is not in the high probability state, processing is performed in step S330-12 assuming that there is a possibility of generating the time saving state. to move.

In step S330-12, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the stopped special symbol is a special losing special symbol (time saving winning). If it is a special losing special symbol, the process moves to step S330-13, and if it is not a special losing special symbol (normal losing special symbol), the process moves to step S330-15.

In step S330-13, the main CPU 110a sets the number of times of reduced working hours (for example, 200 times) at the time of winning a special loss to the first number of reduced working hours set in the main RAM 110c, and in step S330-14, the first special reduced working hours state. A first special time saving state flag indicating that is set in the main RAM 110c. Thereby, a 1st special time saving state will generate|occur|produce.

In step S330-15, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the number of fluctuations stored in the main RAM 110c (the number of fluctuations updated in step S313-2 described above) has reached a specified number (here, 800 times). do. If the number of fluctuations has reached the specified number of times, the process proceeds to step S330-16, and if the number of fluctuations has not reached the specified number of times, the process proceeds to step S330-18.

In step S330-16, the main CPU 110a sets the second special time saving number of times set in the main RAM 110c to the time saving number of times when the specified number of times is reached (eg, 800 times), and in step S330-17, the second special time saving state A second special time saving state flag indicating that is set in the main RAM 110c. Thereby, a 2nd special time saving state will generate|occur|produce.

In step S330-18, the main CPU 110a sets a time saving number designation command indicating the number of times of saving time set in the main RAM 110c (first special number of times of saving time, second number of times of special time saving) in the area for storing the effect transmission data of the main RAM 110c. , In step S330-19, "0" is set to the special figure special electric processing data. As a result, the command for specifying the number of times of shortening of working hours is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the process of displaying the remaining number of times of shortening of time on the effect control board 130 is executed.

In step S330-20, the main CPU 110a sets a game state designation command indicating the current game state in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c, and ends the current special symbol stop processing. As a result, the game state specifying command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the process for performing the effect corresponding to the game state specified by the game state specifying command is executed.

In this way, when the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed when it is not in the high probability state (the result of the jackpot judgment has been elected to the special losing (time saving)), so as to generate the first special time saving state Therefore, it is possible to give the player the unexpectedness that the time saving state occurs without going through the jackpot game, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the number of fluctuation display of special symbols executed from establishment of a predetermined condition (execution of RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) when not in the high probability state reaches the prescribed number , Since the second special time-saving state is generated, it is possible to give the player the unexpectedness that the time-saving state occurs without going through the jackpot game, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Become.

In addition, since the number of times of time saving is greater when the second special time saving state occurs than when the first special time saving state occurs, the game characteristics change depending on the type of special time saving It becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, the number of fluctuations (800 times) in which the second special time saving state occurs is a value larger than the number of time saving times (100 times) set in the normal time saving state, so the second special Since the time-saving state does not occur, the inconvenience that the player cannot understand the progress of the game does not occur, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, the variable display of the special symbol at the time of winning the special loss (time saving) is a variable display that is the specified number of times from the establishment of a predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, clearing the number of fluctuations to 0 based on the end of the jackpot game). In the case, after performing the processing to generate the first special time saving state by winning the special loss (time saving), the second special time saving is caused by the specified number of fluctuation display of the special pattern from the establishment of the predetermined condition. Since the processing for generating the state is performed, the result of the big hit determination is not wasted, and it is possible to perform control in accordance with the progress of the game.

Also, in the final variable display in the normal time-saving state, if a special loss (time-saving) is won, the time-saving state is extended (generates the first special time-saving state), so time-saving It is possible to make the player feel as if the state has been added, and to improve the amusement of the game. In addition, when switching from the normal time saving state to the first special time saving state, the main display device 70 executes an additional effect to add the remaining time saving number of times, and the remaining time saving number of times before and after the addition of the remaining time saving number of times Display mode (character Color, font, size, etc.) may not change, or the display mode of the remaining number of times of time saving may change before and after addition of the number of times of remaining time saving.

In addition, the final fluctuation display in the first special time saving state is the specified number of fluctuation display from the establishment of the predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, 0 clearing of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game), that is, the time saving state Even if it is a variable display that should have ended, the time saving state continues (generates the second special time saving state), so you can feel that the time saving state has been added (extended). , it is possible to improve the interest of the game. In addition, when switching from the normal time saving state to the first special time saving state, the main display device 70 executes an additional effect to add the remaining time saving number of times, and the remaining time saving number of times before and after the addition of the remaining time saving number of times Display mode (character Color, font, size, etc.) may not change, or the display mode of the remaining number of times of time saving may change before and after addition of the number of times of remaining time saving.

Also, even in the normal time saving state, if the special losing special pattern is stopped and displayed (the result of the jackpot judgment was elected to the special losing (time saving)), the normal time saving state and the first special time saving state Because it is designed to occur repeatedly, even if the number of times of normal time reduction becomes 0, the time reduction state will continue until the first special number of times of time reduction becomes 0, and the addition of the time reduction state has occurred. It is possible to improve the amusement of the game by making the player feel like this. In addition, when the first special time-saving state is repeatedly generated during the normal time-saving state, when the first special time-saving state is repeatedly generated, the main display device 70 executes an additional effect and adds the remaining time-saving number of times (first The value obtained by subtracting the remaining number of times of the normal time saving state from the remaining number of times of the special time saving state may be added), or when the normal time saving state ends and the first special time saving state is entered, the main display device 70 performs an additional performance. It is possible to add the remaining number of times of shortening by executing (adding the number of remaining times of the first special time saving state), but in either case, the remaining number of times of shortening of working hours is displayed before and after adding the number of times of shortening of remaining hours (character color , font, size, etc.) may not change, or the display mode of the number of remaining times may be changed before and after the addition.

In addition, even during the first special time-saving state, the number of times of fluctuation display of special symbols executed from the establishment of a predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, 0 clearing of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) reaches the specified number of times When it reaches, the first special time saving state and the second special time saving state are superimposed, so even if the first special time saving number becomes 0, the second special time saving number becomes 0 The time saving state will continue until it becomes, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game by making it feel as if the time saving state has been added. In addition, when the second special time-saving state is superimposed during the first special time-saving state, when the second special time-saving state is superimposed, the main display device 70 executes an additional effect and adds the remaining time-saving number of times ( The value obtained by subtracting the remaining number of times of the first special time saving state from the remaining number of times of the second special time saving state may be added), or when the first special time saving state ends and the second special time saving state is entered, the main display The device 70 may perform an additional performance to add the remaining number of times of shortening of working hours (adding the number of remaining times of the second special shortening of working hours), but in either case, the number of remaining number of shortening of working hours before and after the addition of the number of remaining times of shortening of working hours. (character color, font, size, etc.) may not be changed, or the display mode of the number of remaining times may be changed before and after the addition.

In addition, when the second special time-saving state occurs, the number of fluctuations stored in the main RAM 110c is not cleared to 0 (whether the number of fluctuations exceeds 800, or the number of fluctuations exceeds 1400). It is possible to determine whether the second special time saving state is occurring or whether the second special time saving state has already occurred). Therefore, during the jackpot game (after the second special time-saving state has started or ended), the second special time-saving state will not occur again, and the profit balance between the gaming parlor side and the player side can be secured. It is also possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, regardless of the type of special loss special pattern, the number of time reductions in the first special time reduction state was constant (200 times), but depending on the type of special loss special pattern, the number of time reductions when winning time was changed. good too. In this case, 200 times may be set as the number of time reductions in the case of the special loss special pattern 20, and 300 times may be set as the number of time reductions in the case of the special loss special pattern 21. , If it is a special losing special pattern 20, 50 times less than 100 times set as the number of times of shortening of working hours in the normal state is set, and if it is a special losing special pattern 21, the number of times of shortening of working hours of the normal working hours state is set. 200 times may be set, which is more than 100 times set as .

Further, regardless of the type of the special losing special symbol, when the special losing special symbol is stop-displayed, the number of times of time saving may be determined by lottery. In this case, the number of times of time saving may be set to 200 times at a rate of 60%, and the number of times of time saving may be set to 50 times at a rate of 40%, or vice versa.

In addition, the number of times of reduced working hours set when winning a special loss (shorter working hours) is higher than the number of reduced working hours (100 times) in the normal reduced working hours state (200 times), but it is higher than the number of reduced working hours in the normal reduced working hours state. A small number of times (eg, 50 times) may be set.

Also, if a special loss (time saving) is won during the normal time saving state and the number of time saving times is set to 50 times, the number of times the remaining time in the normal time saving state is more than 50 times (for example, 60 times) In that case, the remaining number of times in the normal time saving state (60 times) is maintained without setting 50 times as the number of time saving times, and the remaining number of times in the normal time saving state is less than 50 times (for example, 30 times) In some cases, 50 times may be newly set as the number of times of time saving.

In addition, it is determined whether or not you have won a special loss (first lottery), and if you have won a special loss, the type of special loss special pattern is determined (second lottery). Instead of performing a two-stage lottery that determines the number of times of the first special time-saving state (200 times or 50 times), the number of times of the first special time-saving state (200 times or 50 times) is determined by a one-stage lottery. You may make it

Specifically, a first special loss (time saving) and a second special loss (time saving) are provided as a special loss to be elected as a result of the jackpot determination, and when the first special loss (time saving) is elected, the first special time saving is provided. 200 times may be determined as the number of times of time saving in the state, and 50 times may be determined as the number of times of time saving of the first special time saving state when the second special loss (time saving) is won. In this case, the special pattern 20 may be determined when the first special loss (time saving) is won, and the special pattern 21 may be determined when the second special loss (time saving) is won.

In addition, if the first special loss (shorter time) and the second special loss (shorter time) are provided as the special loss to be elected as a result of the jackpot determination, the jackpot to be elected as a result of the jackpot determination is also selected according to the type of the jackpot. You can set the type. For example, as a result of the jackpot determination of the first special symbol, the first jackpot in which the first jackpot game is executed, the second jackpot in which the second jackpot game is executed, and the third jackpot in which the third jackpot game is executed , and as a result of the second special symbol jackpot determination, a first jackpot in which the first jackpot game is executed and a second jackpot in which the second jackpot game is executed may be provided. In this case, in the jackpot determination of the first special symbol, the special symbol 01 is determined when the first big win is won, the special symbol 02 is determined when the second big win is won, and the special symbol 03 is determined when the third big win is won. In the second special symbol jackpot determination, the special symbol 04 may be determined when the first jackpot is won, and the special symbol 05 may be determined when the second jackpot is won.

In addition, until a predetermined period has elapsed from the establishment of a predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, 0 clearing of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game), the number of remaining fluctuation displays until the second special time saving state occurs When a predetermined period elapses without transmitting the command shown to the production control board 130, a command showing the number of times of remaining variable display until the second special time saving state occurs may be transmitted to the production control board 130. .

Moreover, although the condition for ending the time saving state is only the number of execution times of the variable display of the special symbol, a plurality of conditions may be set. For example, the number of executions of the variable display of the special symbol may be set to 200 times, and the number of executions of the variable display of the second special symbol may be set to 100 times. In the case of a gaming machine that executes a winning game, the number of executions of variable display of special symbols is set to 200 times, the number of times of execution of variable display of second special symbols is set to 100 times, and the number of small winning games is set to 5 times. , You may make it complete|finish a time saving state, when any one is materialized.

In addition, in the variable display of special symbols, which is the final time in the time-saving state, the time-saving state is terminated when the special symbols are stopped and displayed, but the variable display of the special symbols, which is the final time in the time-saving state, is started. You may make it complete|finish a time saving state at the time point.

In addition, when a special loss (time reduction) is won during the normal time reduction state and the special loss special pattern is stopped and displayed, the first special time reduction state is generated, but during the normal time reduction state Special loss (time reduction ) is won and the special lost special symbol is stopped and displayed, it may be invalidated and the normal time saving state may be continued without generating the first special time saving state.

In addition, when the special losing (time saving) is elected during the first special time saving state and the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the first special time saving state is newly generated, but the first special time saving state Even if the special losing (shortening of working hours) is won and the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, it may be invalidated so as not to newly generate the first special time-saving state.

In addition, when the special losing (time saving) is elected during the second special time saving state and the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the first special time saving state is generated, but during the second special time saving state Even if the special losing (time saving) is won and the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, it may be invalidated and the second special time saving state may be continued without generating the first special time saving state.

In addition, when the fluctuation display is executed for the specified number of times from the establishment of a predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, 0 clearing of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) during the first special time saving state, the second special time saving state is executed. Although it is designed to be generated, the fluctuation display that is the specified number of times from the establishment of the predetermined condition (execute RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) during the first special time saving state is executed Also, it may be invalidated so as not to generate the second special time saving state.

Also, if the special loss is won during the time saving state (during the variable gaming state, the first special time saving state, the second special time saving state), but the first special time saving state is not generated (for example, in FIG. 18 (a) When the special figure variation pattern 34 is determined), the addition failure performance may be executed without executing the addition performance, or the long variation performance may be executed without executing the addition performance or the addition failure performance. Alternatively, the addition failure effect and the long variation effect may be executed at a predetermined ratio.

In addition, when the second special time-saving state occurs, the number of fluctuations stored in the main RAM 110c is cleared to 0, and the second special time-saving occurrence flag indicating that the second special time-saving has occurred is set to the main RAM 110c. (RWM for game) may be set. In this case, if there is no second special time saving flag when the number of fluctuations reaches the specified number (800 times), the number of fluctuations is cleared to 0 to generate the second special time saving state, and the second special time saving has occurred If there is a flag, it is preferable to clear the number of fluctuations to 0 so as not to generate the second special time saving state.

(Jackpot game end processing of the main control board)
The jackpot game end processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 21 is a flow chart showing the jackpot game processing of the main control board 110 .

The main CPU 110a acquires the stop special figure data set in the main RAM 110c in step S350-1, selects the game state setting table (see FIG. 22) in step S350-2, and, in step S350-3, The stop special figure data is collated with the game state setting table to determine the game state after the end of the jackpot game. Details of the game state setting table will be described later.

In step S350-4, the main CPU 110a sets game state information (high probability state flag, normal time saving state flag, normal time saving count) corresponding to the determined game state in the main RAM 110c. As a result, a variable probability game state or a time saving game state (normal time saving state) is generated.

In step S350-5, the main CPU 110a sets a command for specifying the number of times of reduced working hours corresponding to the set number of times of reduced normal working hours in the area for storing transmission data for effect of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the time saving number designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and processing such as displaying the remaining number of time saving is executed.

In step S350-6, the main CPU 110a sets a game state designation command corresponding to the game state after setting in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c, sets "0" to the special figure special electric processing data, end the jackpot game ending process. As a result, the game state designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the process for performing the effect corresponding to the current game state is executed.

(Game state setting table)
FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a game state setting table for setting the game state after the end of the jackpot game. In the game state setting table, stop special figure data (type of jackpot game), game state after the end of the jackpot game, game state information corresponding to each game state (high probability game indicating high probability state Whether or not the flag is set, whether or not the normal time saving state flag indicating that it is the normal time saving state is set, and the normal time saving number of times) are associated.

For example, when the stop special figure data is "01", the time saving game state is selected as the game state, the normal time saving state flag is set without the high probability state flag being set, and the normal time saving number " 100" times will be set.

In addition, when the stop special figure data is "02", the probability variation gaming state is selected as the gaming state, the high probability state flag and the normal time saving state flag are set, and the normal time saving number "10000" times set. 10,000 times, which is the normal time saving number, is a number that is extremely unlikely to reach when considering the jackpot probability in a high probability state, so it is a number that will continue until the next jackpot. there is

The first feature of the game state setting table shown in FIG. 22 is that whether the high probability state flag or the normal time saving state flag is set does not change depending on the setting value. By doing so, the player's degree of advantage does not change drastically depending on the set value, and the player can play the game with peace of mind.

A second feature of the gaming state setting table shown in FIG. 22 is that the set number of times of normal time reduction does not change depending on the set value. By doing so, the player's degree of advantage does not change drastically depending on the set value, and the player can play the game with peace of mind.

In addition, although the normal time-saving number of times when the variable probability gaming state is selected is set to 10000 times, the normal time-saving number of times may be continued until the next big hit without setting the normal time-saving number of times.

(Public power control processing of the main control board)
Using FIG. 23, the general/universal/universal electric control processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described. FIG. 23 is a flow chart showing the normal/universal power control process in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

First, in step S401, the main CPU 110a loads the value of the general electric power processing data, and in step S402, refers to the branch destination address from the loaded general electric power processing data, and executes the processing corresponding to the branch destination address. Execute and end the current general map general electric control processing.

Specifically, if the general pattern general electric processing data = 0, the processing for executing the fluctuation display of the normal pattern based on the reservation memory (the general pattern determination information) and the general pattern general electric processing data "1" A normal symbol variation process (step S410) for performing the process of changing to , etc. is executed. The details of the normal symbol variation process will be described later.

If the general pattern general electric processing data = 1, the processing for executing the auxiliary game to open the second start port 47 in a predetermined manner and the processing for changing the general general electric processing data to "0", etc. The auxiliary game process (step S420) is executed.

(Normal pattern variation processing of the main control board)
The normal symbol variation processing of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 24 is a flow chart showing normal symbol variation processing in the main control board 110 .

In step S410-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not normal symbols are displayed in a variable manner. When the variable display of normal symbols is being performed, the process is moved to step S410-12, and when the variable display of normal symbols is not being performed, the process is moved to step S410-2.

The main CPU 110a determines whether the number of reserved normal symbols (G) is 1 or more in step S410-2. When the normal design reserved number (G) is 1 or more, the process is moved to step S410-3, and when the normal design reserved number (G) is not 1 or more, the current normal design variation process is terminated.

In step S410-3, the main CPU 110a updates the normal symbol reserved number (G) by subtracting "1", and in step S410-4, shifts the data stored in the normal symbol reserved storage area. The normal pattern determination information stored in the 1 storage unit to the 4th storage unit is shifted to the previous storage unit.

For example, the special figure determination information stored in the fourth storage unit of the normal pattern determination information holding storage area is shifted to the third storage unit of the normal pattern determination information holding storage area. In addition, the normal pattern determination information stored in the first storage unit of the normal pattern determination information holding storage area is shifted to the 0th storage unit which is the normal pattern determination information execution storage area, and is stored in the 0th storage unit. The normal pattern determination information used in the previous game is erased.

The main CPU 110a performs hit determination processing in step S410-5. Specifically, using the hit determination table for normal symbols (see FIG. 25 (a)), whether or not hit based on the random number value for hit determination stored in the game state and normal pattern execution storage area decide. The details of the hit determination table for normal symbol determination will be described later.

The main CPU 110a performs normal symbol determination processing in step S410-6. Specifically, using the normal symbol determination table (see FIG. 25(b)), based on the game state, the hit determination result, and the random number value for normal symbol determination, the normal that is stopped and displayed as a result of the fluctuation display Determine the stop normal pattern data of the design. Details of the normal symbol determination table will be described later.

In step S410-7, the main CPU 110a sets a normal symbol designation command corresponding to the normal symbol type determined in the normal symbol determination process in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the normal symbol designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the stop normal pattern data can be grasped in the effect control board 130. - 特許庁

The main CPU 110a performs a normal pattern fluctuation pattern determination process in step S410-8. Specifically, using the general pattern fluctuation pattern determination table (see FIG. 25 (c)), the game state, the hit determination result, and the general pattern fluctuation pattern random number value, based on the normal pattern for the fluctuation display Determine the variation pattern (variation time). In addition, the detail of a normal figure fluctuation pattern determination table is mentioned later.

In step S410-9, the main CPU 110a sets a normal pattern variation pattern specification command corresponding to the normal pattern variation pattern determined in the normal pattern variation pattern determination process in the production transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the general pattern variation pattern specification command is transmitted to the production control board 130, and the general pattern variation pattern can be grasped in the production control board 130.

In step S410-10, the main CPU 110a sets the normal pattern variation time corresponding to the normal pattern variation pattern determined in the normal pattern variation pattern determination process in a predetermined area of the main RAM 110c. The symbol variation display is started, and the normal symbol variation processing of this time is terminated. As a result, the lighting data of the LED for executing the variable display of the normal symbols is created in the data creating process of the step S700, and is output in the output control process of the step S800, so that the normal symbol is displayed on the normal symbol display device 62. will be displayed.

In step S410-12, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the normal symbol variation time has elapsed. When the variation time has not elapsed, the current normal symbol variation processing is terminated, and when the variation time has elapsed, the variation display of the normal symbols is stopped in step S410-13, and in step S410-14. , set the normal symbol determination command in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM 110c. As a result, the normal symbol determination command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and it becomes possible to grasp that the normal symbol is stopped and displayed in the effect control board 130. - 特許庁

In step S410-15, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the stopped normal symbol is a winning normal symbol (hitting winning). If it is not a winning normal symbol, the current normal symbol variation process is ended, and if it is a winning normal symbol, in step S410-16, the auxiliary game is controlled from the auxiliary game control table (see FIG. 25 (d)). Acquire the auxiliary game control data for doing. The details of the auxiliary game control table will be described later.

In step S410-17, the main CPU 110a sets an opening designation command corresponding to the type of auxiliary game in the effect transmission data storage area of the main RAM. Thereby, the opening designation command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and it becomes possible to grasp that the opening of the auxiliary game is started in the effect control board 130. - 特許庁

Main CPU110a, in step S410-18, sets the opening time corresponding to the auxiliary game control data acquired in auxiliary game 410-16 in a predetermined area of the main RAM110c, in step S410-19, normal figure normal electric processing "1" is set in the data, and the current normal symbol variation processing is terminated.

(Hit determination table for normal symbols)
FIG. 25(a) is a hit determination table for normal symbols that is referred to when determining a hit based on the normal pattern determination information acquired based on the passage of the game ball to the normal pattern gate 44. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 25(a), in the hit determination table for normal symbols, the game state at the time of performing hit determination, the random number for hit determination, and the determination result of hit determination (hit or miss) correspond to each other. As a reference, the approximate winning probability is described in the rightmost column.

"Hit" is the determination result that the auxiliary game is executed, and "losing" is the determination result that the auxiliary game is not executed. In addition, for the hit judgment, there is no special loss (time saving), only normal loss.

As the first feature of the hit determination table for normal symbols shown in FIG. Special time-saving state, second special time-saving state), probability variation gaming state), the probability (ratio) of being determined to be hit is the same. By doing so, it is possible to expect that the auxiliary game will be executed regardless of the game state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

The second feature of the hit determination table for normal symbols shown in FIG. 25(a) is that the set value does not change the hit probability and is constant. By doing so, the player's degree of advantage does not change drastically depending on the set value, and the player can play the game with peace of mind.

In addition, the probability (percentage) that the normal time-saving state and probability variation gaming state via the jackpot game than the non-time-saving state (normal gaming state) is determined to be higher (generates a normal figure probability variation) Also, in this case, the probability (percentage) that is determined to be the same as the hit of the non-time saving state (normal game state) and various special time saving states (first special time saving state, second special time saving state) may In this case, it is preferable that the first special time saving state does not overlap the normal working time saving state. In addition, the probability (percentage) that the time-saving game state (normal time-saving state, first special time-saving state, second special time-saving state) or variable game state is determined to be a hit is higher than the non-time-saving state (normal game state). You may make it

(Normal design judgment table)
FIG. 25(b) is a normal design determination table that is referenced when determining the stop design of the normal design based on the normal design determination information acquired based on the passage of the game ball to the normal design gate 44. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 25(b), in the normal symbol determination table, the game state at the time of determination, the determination result of the hit determination (hit, lose), the random number for the hit symbol determination, and the normal symbol determination. The determination result, the stop normal pattern data indicating the determination result, and the normal design specifying command indicating the result of the normal design determination are associated with each other.

The normal symbol "0" is a losing normal symbol in which the auxiliary game is not executed.
The normal symbol "1" is a winning normal symbol in which the auxiliary game in which the second starting port 47 is opened once is executed.
The normal symbol "2" is a winning normal symbol in which the auxiliary game in which the second starting port 47 is opened twice is executed.

The first feature of the normal symbol determination table shown in FIG. 25(b) is that two types of normal symbols are set for executing auxiliary games with different opening times of the second starting port 47. be done. By doing so, the playability of the auxiliary game can be enhanced, and the interest in the game can be enhanced.

The second feature of the normal symbol determination table shown in FIG. 25(b) is that the selection ratio of normal symbols is constant without changing depending on the set value. By doing so, the player's degree of advantage does not change drastically depending on the set value, and the player can play the game with peace of mind.

(Normal figure fluctuation pattern judgment table)
FIG. 25(c) is a normal pattern variation pattern determination table that is referred to when determining the normal pattern variation pattern based on the normal pattern determination information acquired based on the passage of the game ball to the normal pattern gate 44. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 25 (c), the normal pattern fluctuation pattern determination table includes the game state when making a judgment, the determination result of the hit determination, the normal pattern fluctuation pattern random number, and the judgment of the normal pattern fluctuation pattern. Fluctuation time to be the result, normal figure fluctuation pattern designation command indicating the determination result is associated.

As the first feature of the normal figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. , 1st special time-saving state, 2nd special time-saving state, probability variable gaming state), a relatively short variation time is determined, that is, the time-saving state is easier to determine than the non-time-saving state. mentioned. By doing so, it becomes easier for the game ball to enter the second starting port 47 in the time saving state than in the non time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

The second feature of the normal pattern fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 25(c) is that the selection ratio of each normal pattern fluctuation pattern is the same without changing depending on the set value. By doing so, it becomes difficult to see through the set value from the normal pattern fluctuation pattern, and it is possible to provide a fair game.

(Auxiliary game control table)
FIG. 25(d) is an auxiliary game control table used for controlling the auxiliary game based on the type of winning normal symbol.

As shown in FIG. 25(d), in the auxiliary game control table, the game state when the auxiliary game occurs, stop normal diagram data, the number of openings of the second start port 47, and the opening time of the auxiliary game , the first opening time of the second starting port 47, the interval time between openings, the second opening time of the second starting port 47, and the ending time of the auxiliary game are associated.

As the first feature of the auxiliary game control table shown in FIG. 25 (d), the time saving state (normal working time saving state, first special working time saving state , second special time saving state, probability variable game state), the opening time of the second start port 47 is longer when the auxiliary game is executed. By doing so, it becomes easier for the game ball to enter the second starting port 47 in the time saving state than in the non time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

The second feature of the auxiliary game control table shown in FIG. 25 (d) is the performance of the auxiliary game in the normal time saving state, the first special time saving state, the second special time saving state, the probability variable game state (opening time, second start There is no difference in the number of openings of the port 47 and the time value for opening the second starting port 47). By doing so, the player is advantageous in any time-saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. In addition, the first special time-saving state is generated during the normal time-saving state, the first special time-saving state is generated during the first special time-saving state, or the second special time-saving state is generated during the first special time-saving state. Even so, since the performance of the time saving state before and after is the same, it is possible to avoid performing complicated control and realize the pure addition of the number of times of time saving.

The third feature of the auxiliary game control table shown in FIG. 25 (d) is the performance of the auxiliary game in the auxiliary game (opening time, the number of times the second start port 47 opens, the time value that the second start port 47 opens ) is constant without changing depending on the set value. By doing so, it becomes difficult to find out the set value from the progress of the auxiliary game, and it becomes possible to provide a fair game.

In addition, depending on the type of special losing special symbol that caused the first special time saving state, the performance of the auxiliary game (opening time, the number of times the second start port 47 opens, the time value when the second start port 47 opens At least one ) may be different. For example, when the first special time-saving state has occurred due to the first special loss special symbol, the opening time is set to 1 second, the number of openings of the second start port 47 is set to 1, and the second start One time opening time of the mouth 47 is set to 3 seconds (3 seconds in total), and when the first special time-saving state is caused by the second special losing special pattern, the opening time is 1. It is set to 5 seconds, the number of openings of the second starting port 47 is set to 2, and the opening time of the second starting port 47 is set to 2.5 seconds (5 seconds in total). good too.

In addition, the performance of the auxiliary game (opening time, the second start port 47 is open At least one of the number of times to open the second starting port 47 and the time value for opening the second starting port 47) may be varied. In addition, when the performance of the auxiliary game in the normal time saving state and the first special time saving state is different, even if the special loss (time saving) is elected during the normal time saving state and the special loss special symbol is stopped and displayed, the first special When the time saving state is not generated and the performance of the auxiliary game in the first special time saving state and the second special time saving state is different, the variable display of the special symbol becomes the specified number of times during the first special time saving state. Also, the second special time saving state may not be generated, and the first special time saving state may not be generated even if the special losing (time saving) is elected during the second special time saving state and the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed. .

In addition, the performance of the auxiliary game (opening time, the second start port 47 is open at least one of the number of times to open, the time value for opening the second start port 47) is different, when the first special time saving state overlaps during the normal time saving state, the normal time saving state in the first special time saving state It may be possible to take over the performance of the auxiliary game, or when the second special time saving state overlaps during the first special time saving state, the performance of the auxiliary game of the first special time saving state in the second special time saving state It may be taken over, or when the first special time-saving state overlaps during the second special time-saving state, the performance of the auxiliary game of the second special time-saving state may be taken over in the first special time-saving state. .

(External information data creation process for main control board)
The external information data creation process (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 26 is a flow chart showing external information data creation processing in the main control board 110 .

First, in step S720-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a game ball has entered the first starting port 45 or the second starting port 47. If there is no winning, the process proceeds to step S720-3, and if there is a winning, in step S720-2, the external information data of the starting opening winning signal indicating that the game ball has won the starting opening is sent. It is set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c.

In step S720-3, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the variable display of the special symbols has stopped. If the variable display is not stopped (in any of the variable display, customer waiting state, or jackpot game), the process proceeds to step S720-5, and if the variable display is stopped, step S720. At -4, the external information data of the symbol determination signal indicating that the variable display of the special symbols has stopped is set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c.

The main CPU 110a determines whether or not a jackpot game has started in step S720-5. When the jackpot game is not started, the process is moved to step S720-7, and when the jackpot game is started, in step S720-6, an external special game signal indicating that the jackpot game state is in progress is generated. Information data is set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c.

In step S720-7, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the jackpot game has ended. If the jackpot game has not ended, the process proceeds to step S720-9, and if the jackpot game has ended, in step S720-8, the special game set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c. Clear the external information data of the signal.

In step S720-9, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not an advantageous state (including a jackpot game, a probability variable game state, and a time-saving game state) that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game state has started. If the advantageous state has not started, the process proceeds to step S720-11.If the advantageous state has started, in step S720-10 an advantageous state signal indicating that the advantageous state is in progress is sent to the main RAM 110c. external information data output area.

The main CPU 110a determines in step S720-11 whether or not the advantageous state has ended. If the advantageous state has not ended, the process proceeds to step S720-13, and if the advantageous state has ended, in step S720-12, the advantageous state set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c. Clear the external information data of the signal.

In step S720-13, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not frame opening for opening the game board mounting frame 3 or the glass frame 4 has started. If the frame opening has not started, the process proceeds to step S720-15, and if the frame opening has started, in step S720-14, the external information of the frame opening signal indicating that the frame is being opened. Data is set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c.

In step S720-15, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the frame opening has ended (the game board mounting frame 3 and the glass frame 4 are closed). If the frame opening has not been completed, the process proceeds to step S720-17. Clear the external information data of the signal.

In step S720-17, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not an RWM clear or security error (various abnormalities) has occurred. If the RWM clear or security error has not occurred, the process proceeds to step S720-19, and if the RWM clear or security error has occurred, in step S720-18 it is determined that the RWM clear or security error has occurred. is set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c.

In step S720-19, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a payout condition for a predetermined unit (10 balls in this case) of prize balls is satisfied. If the payout condition is not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S720-21, and if the payout condition is not satisfied, it is determined in step S720-20 that the payout condition for prize balls of a predetermined unit has been satisfied. The external information data of the shown prize ball schedule signal is set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c.

In step S720-21, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the payout of a predetermined unit (here, 10) of prize balls has been completed. If the payout of prize balls has not been completed, the current external information data creation processing is terminated. If the payout of prize balls has been completed, the payout of prize balls in a predetermined unit is completed in step S720-22. The external information data of the prize ball payout signal indicating that the game has been played is set in the external information data output area of the main RAM 110c, and the current external information data creation processing is terminated.

Various types of external information data set in the external information data output area are output to the outside of the gaming machine 1 as game information from various terminals of the game information output terminal board by the output control process of step S750 described above. Become.

(Description of various signals output as game information)
FIG. 27 is a diagram showing types of various signals output as game information from various output terminals of the game information output terminal board 90, output timings of the various signals, and output periods of the various signals.

From the first terminal, when a game ball enters the first start hole 45 or the second start hole 47, a starting hole winning signal is output over 100 ms.
From the second terminal, when the special symbol is stopped and displayed, the symbol determination signal is output for 500 ms.
A special game signal is output from the third terminal from the start of the jackpot game to the continuation of the jackpot game.
An advantageous state signal is output from the fourth terminal from the start of the advantageous state to the continuation of the advantageous state.

From the fifth terminal, a frame opening signal is output from when the opening of the game board mounting frame 3 or the glass frame 4 is detected until the opening continues.
From the sixth terminal, a security signal is output for 200 ms from the occurrence of various abnormalities (RWM clear, fraudulent winning, abnormal winning, magnetic abnormality, radio wave abnormality, payout abnormality).
From the seventh terminal, a scheduled payout signal is output for 100 ms from the time when the payout of a predetermined number of game balls is determined.
A payout completion signal is output from the eighth terminal for 100 ms after the payout of a predetermined number of game balls is completed.

Since the game information is output to the outside of the game machine 1 through the game information output terminal board 90 in this way, the operating state of the game machine 1 can be monitored and the performance can be monitored by an information collecting device such as a hall computer. It becomes possible to perform analysis and the like.

(Game ball counting process of main control board)
The game ball counting process of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 28 is a flow chart showing game ball counting processing (information program) in the main control board 110 .

First, in step S741, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the game is currently in the normal game state. If it is in the normal game state, the normal medium payout number, which is the number of payouts in the normal game state, is counted, and the process proceeds to step S742, and if it is not in the normal game state, the normal medium payout number is not counted. Then, the process moves to step S750.

In step S742, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a detection signal has been input from the general winning hole detection switch 43a. If the detection signal is not input, it is assumed that the game ball did not enter the general winning hole 43, and the process proceeds to step S744. wins, in step S743, "5", which is the number of payouts (the number of prize balls) corresponding to the normal winning opening 43, is added to the normal medium payout number counter for counting the number of normal medium payouts. The normal medium payout number counter is set in the RWM area for information.

In step S744, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a detection signal has been input from the first big winning hole detection switch 50a or the second big winning hole detection switch 56a. If the detection signal is not input, it is assumed that the game ball did not enter the large winning opening, and the process proceeds to step S746. Then, in step S745, "10" or "8", which is the payout number (the number of prize balls) corresponding to the type of the big winning opening, is added to the normal medium payout number counter.

In step S746, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a detection signal has been input from the first starting port detection switch 45a. If the detection signal is not input, it is assumed that the game ball did not enter the first start port 45, and the process proceeds to step S748. Assuming that the game ball has won, in step S747, "3", which is the number of payouts (the number of prize balls) corresponding to the first starting port 45, is added to the normal medium payout number counter.

In step S748, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a detection signal has been input from the second starting port detection switch 47a. If the detection signal is not input, it is assumed that the game ball did not enter the second starting port 47, and the process proceeds to step S750. Assuming that the game ball has won a prize, "1", which is the number of payouts (the number of prize balls) corresponding to the second starting port 47, is added to the normal medium payout number counter in step S749.

In step S750, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a detection signal has been input from the out-ball detection switch 39a. When the detection signal is not input, it is assumed that there is no out ball which is a game ball ejected from the game area 5a, and the current game ball counting process is terminated, and when the detection signal is input, Assuming that there is an out ball, in step S751, "1" is added to a total out number counter for counting out balls (total number of outs) in all game states. The total number of outs counter is set in the RWM area for information.

In step S752, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the game is currently in the normal game state. If it is not in the normal game state, the current game ball counting process is terminated, and if it is in the normal game state, in step S753, the number of outs in the normal game state (the number of outs during normal play) is counted. "1" is added to the normal out number counter, and the current game ball counting process is terminated. It should be noted that the normal out number counter is set in the RWM area for information.

In this way, before the progress control of the game is performed (initial setting process of step S10 described above), the number of payouts and the number of outs are not counted and stored, and while the progress control of the game is performed (described above). Since the number of normal payouts, the number of normal outs, and the total number of outs, which are game information (history information) after the initial setting process in step S10 is finished, are counted and stored, the player can execute the game. It is possible to calculate performance information (a normal base value to be described later) of the gaming machine at that time, and it is possible to use it for calculating performance information for grasping (evaluating) the actual performance of the gaming machine.

(Performance information calculation processing of main control board)
The performance information calculation process of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. 29. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the performance information calculation process (information program) in the main control board 110. FIG.

In this embodiment, the state in which power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 is divided into a plurality of game intervals, and performance information is displayed for understanding (evaluating) the actual performance of the gaming machine. Therefore, the game section will be explained first.

The game section is divided by the total number of outs, and the total number of outs counted from the first power-on or from the clearing (initialization) of the information RWM area to 0 due to data abnormality is 300. is the first game section, and after the first game section, the game section switches every 60,000 total outs, and the second game section, the third game section, the fourth game section, and so on. It becomes the N game section.

First, in step S761, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the section counter for counting the number of the game section is the first game section value (0) indicating the first game section. do. If it is the first game section value, the current game section is considered to be the first game section for which the performance information is not calculated, and the process proceeds to step S762. Assuming that it is the game section after the second game section to be calculated, the process proceeds to step S763. Note that the section counter is set in the RWM area for information.

In step S762, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the total number of outs in the current game section indicated by the total out number counter is equal to or greater than the first section update value (300). If it is equal to or greater than the first section update value, the process proceeds to step S768 assuming that the game section is to be updated. Terminate the calculation process.

In step S763, the main CPU 110a converts the number of normal medium payouts in the current game section indicated by the normal medium payout number counter and the number of normal outs in the current game section indicated by the normal medium out number counter into normal basis as performance information. A value is calculated and rounded off to the first decimal place, and in step S764, the normal base value after rounding off is saved in the first area of the base storage area set in the RWM area for information.

"Normal base value" refers to the amount of game value used in the game during the normal game state (the number of outs, which is the number of game balls shot into the game area or discharged from the game area), during the normal game state It is the ratio (ratio) of the amount of game value awarded in the game (the number of payouts, which is the number of game balls to be paid out to the player). The number of payouts during normal play/the number of outs during normal play, which is the number of outs in the normal game state)×100.

"Base storage area" is a storage area for storing the normal base value in the four game intervals, the first area for storing the normal base value in the current game interval, A second area for storing the normal base value in the game interval, a third area for storing the normal base value in the game interval two times before, and a normal base value in the game interval three times before and a fourth area.

In step S765, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the total number of outs in the current game section indicated by the total out number counter is equal to or greater than the second section update value (60,000). If it is equal to or greater than the second interval update value, the process proceeds to step S766 assuming that the game interval is to be updated. Terminate the calculation process.

In addition, the total number of outs is 60,000, which separates the second and subsequent game sections, but this number of 60,000 is about one day's worth of a game machine that shoots 100 game balls per minute. It is a figure that can guarantee the operating amount of Therefore, the game section is updated when the gaming machine operates for about one day.

In step S766, the main CPU 110a shifts the contents of the first to third areas of the base storage area downward by one, and in step S767 clears the first area of the base storage area to zero. As a result, the normal base value stored in each area is stored as the normal base value for the previous game interval, the normal base value for the current game interval is reset, and preparations are made to shift to the next game interval. will be

In step S768, the main CPU 110a adds "1" to the section counter to update the game section. and the number of normal outs indicated by the normal out number counter are cleared to 0, the process of shifting to the next game section is performed, and the performance information calculation process of this time ends.

In this way, by updating the game section based on the total number of outs, it is possible to allow a state in which different setting values are set in one game section. Therefore, it is possible to obtain (store) game information (history information such as the total number of outs, the number of normal outs, the number of normal medium payouts, etc.) spanning a plurality of set values in one game section, and is hindered by setting changes. performance information (normal base value) can be calculated without

In addition, since a normal base value (a type of history information) is calculated and stored from the number of normal outs and the number of normal payouts for each game section as performance information for each game section, It is possible to provide information for appropriately grasping (evaluating) the actual performance.

In addition, the total number of outs, the number of normal payouts, and the number of normal outs are game information that is not affected even if the set values are changed (irrelevant to the set values). It is possible to calculate, store, and display performance information (normal base value) from which the influence of is eliminated, which can be used to grasp the performance of the game machine 1 .

In addition, by not calculating the normal base value in the first game section, it is possible to check the operation of the game machine during the pre-shipment inspection (check the operation of the detection switches for various winning openings and the out-ball detection switch due to the shooting and maintenance of game balls). ), it is possible to avoid the inconvenience of misleading the actual performance of the gaming machine.

In addition, by calculating the normal base value from the second game section onwards, it is possible to display a highly credible normal base value that eliminates the influence of the pre-shipment inspection of the game machine, and the actual performance of the game machine. It is possible to provide highly credible information for accurately grasping.

Each time the performance information calculation process is executed (every 4 milliseconds), the normal base value is calculated and saved in the first area of the base storage area. is displayed on the information display 113 (every 20 seconds), the normal base value in the current game section may be calculated and saved in the first area of the base storage area.

In addition, in the first game section, the number of normal payouts and the number of outs during normal are counted even though the normal base value is not calculated. can be

(Performance display data setting processing of the main control board)
The performance display data setting process of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. 30. FIG. 30 is a flow chart showing the performance display data setting process (information program) in the main control board 110.

First, in step S771, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the display switching time counter for determining whether or not to switch the performance information displayed on the information display 113 is the display switching value (0). If it is the display switching value, the performance information (normal base value) displayed on the information display 113 is switched, and the process proceeds to step S772. The processing moves to step S776 assuming that the performance information to be used is not to be switched. It should be noted that when this process is executed for the first time after the gaming machine 1 is powered on, the value of the display switching time counter is "0", which is the display switching value. Also, the display switching time counter is set in the RWM area for information.

In step S772, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a lighting confirmation completion flag for determining whether or not the lighting confirmation of the information display 113 has been completed is saved in the information RWM area. If the lighting confirmed flag has been saved, the normal base value is displayed on the information display 113, and the process proceeds to step S774. , the process proceeds to step S773. When this process is executed for the first time after the game machine 1 is powered on, the lighting confirmed flag is not saved.

In step 773, the main CPU 110a generates display data for lighting confirmation for lighting all the segments (including the decimal point) of the four 7-segment displays (113a to 113d) constituting the information display 113. It is determined, and the process moves to step S776.

In step S774, the main CPU 110a acquires a normal base value (to be displayed on the information display 113) corresponding to the data selection counter value from the base storage area. Specifically, if the data selection counter value is "0", the normal base value saved in the first area of the base storage area is acquired, and if the data selection counter value is "1", the base storage Acquire the normal base value saved in the second area of the area, and if the data selection counter value is "2", obtain the normal base value saved in the third area of the base storage area, and select the data If the counter value is "3", the normal base value saved in the fourth area of the base storage area is obtained. Note that the data selection counter value is updated in step S782, which will be described later.

In step S775, the main CPU 110a refers to a display data determination table (not shown) to display the information display device 113 based on the section counter value, the number of normal outs indicated by the normal out number counter, and the acquired normal base value. , the display data of the normal base value to be displayed is determined, and the process proceeds to step S776.

In step S776, the main CPU 110a sets the determined display data as the display information of the information display 113 in the output data area of the information RWM area. As a result, the display data set in the output data area of the information RWM area in the output control process (game program) of step S800 described above is referred to, and the normal base value (performance information) corresponding to the display data is obtained as information. It will be displayed on the display 113 . The information displayed on the information display 113 in each game section will be described later.

The main CPU 110a adds 1 to the above display switching time counter in step S777, and determines whether or not the display switching time counter is greater than the upper limit value (for example, 5 seconds) in step S778. If it is not greater than the upper limit, it is assumed that the time for switching the display of the information display 113 has not elapsed, and the process proceeds to step S785. In step S779, the display switching time counter is cleared to 0 (initialized).

In step S780, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the above-described lighting-confirmed flag exists in the information RWM area. If there is a lighting confirmed flag, the process proceeds to step S782, and if there is no lighting confirmed flag, in step S781, the lighting confirmed flag is saved in the information RWM area, and the process proceeds to step S785. .

In step S782, the main CPU 110a adds 1 to the data selection counter, and in step S783, determines whether or not the data selection counter is greater than the upper limit value (for example, 3). If it is not larger than the upper limit, the process moves to step S785, and if it is larger than the upper limit, in step S784, the data selection counter is cleared to 0 (initialized), and the process moves to step S785.

In step S785, the main CPU 110a restores the register saved in the information RWM area in step S723, and in step S786 restores the game stack pointer saved in the information RWM area in step S721. End the display data setting process.

In this way, all the segments of the four 7-segment displays of the information display 113 are lit after the gaming machine 1 is powered on and before the performance information (normal base value) is displayed (lighting confirmation is performed). Therefore, it is possible to check whether the information display 113 is out of order and which segment is out of order.

In addition, every time the display switching time (5 seconds) elapses, the performance information (normal base value) of four game sections consisting of the current game section and the past three game sections is displayed in order. It is possible to compare the performance information (usual base value) in two game sections, and it is possible to check the actual performance of the game machine and grasp the possibility of fraud.

(Information displayed on the information display in each game section)
Next, the information displayed on the information display 113 in each game section will be described with reference to FIG. In the display information table of FIG. 31, the section counter value (type of game section), the number of normal outs, the data selection counter value, and the display contents of the information display 113 are associated with each other.

The identification information displayed in the identification segment of the information display 113 includes "bL." indicating the normal base value of the current game interval, and " "b1.", "b2." indicating the normal base value of the game interval two times before, and "b3." indicating the normal base value of the game interval three times before.

The numerical information displayed in the numerical segment of the information display 113 includes "--" indicating that there is no calculated normal base value, the normal base value is "0", or the number of normal outs is "0". "00" indicating that the normal out count is "1" or more and the normal base value is "1" to "99" respectively, "01" to "99", and the normal base value is There is "99." indicating that it is "100" or more. When the normal base value is less than "10", the tens digit of the numerical information is always "0" and displayed in two digits.

The numerical value information displayed in the numerical segment does not change in display mode (lights up) regardless of the game section or the number of outs during normal operation, but the identification information displayed in the identification segment does not change. The display mode changes (blinking display or lit display) depending on the number of outs during normal operation (whether or not there is a calculated normal base value and whether or not the calculated normal base value is credible).

Specifically, in the first to fourth game intervals, when the identification information of the game interval for which there is no calculated normal base value is displayed, the identification information is blinked. In addition, in the game section after the second game section, when displaying the identification information ("bL.") of the current game section, the period when the credibility of the calculated normal base value is low (the number of outs during normal 0 to 5999), the identification information will blink. Otherwise, the identification information is illuminated.

Here, to give an example of the display of the information display 113, the section counter value is "1", the number of normal outs is within the range of 0 to 5999, and the data selection counter value is "0". When the normal base value stored in the first area of the base storage area is "35", the identification segment of the information display 113 blinks "bL." ” will be lit up.

In this way, when the normal base value is "99" or less, the performance information not using the decimal point DP of the 7-segment display of "00" to "99" is displayed in the numerical segment, while the normal base value If the value is "100" or more, the performance information using the decimal point DP of the 7-segment display "99." .

In addition, when the base value is usually less than "10", "0" is always displayed in the tens place of the numerical segment and displayed in two digits (for example, "01" etc.), so 2 as a numerical segment An easy-to-understand display can be achieved by effectively using two 7-segment displays.

In addition, when the normal base value of the current game section is displayed, and the number of outs during normal of the current game section is 0 to 5999, which is not sufficient to calculate the normal base value. , the identification information “bL.” displayed in the identification segment blinks, making it easy to understand that the currently displayed normal base value is information with low credibility.

Also, if there is no calculated normal base value, a non-numerical "--" is displayed in the numerical segment, so the normal base value is calculated in the game section corresponding to the identification information displayed in the identification segment. It becomes easier to understand that there is no

Instead of executing the game ball counting process, the performance information calculation process, and the performance display data setting process as information programs, one or two of them are executed as game programs (for example, game ball counting process). The processing may be executed within the input control processing which monitors the presence or absence of signal input from various switches), while the remainder may be executed as an information program.

Further, the process of outputting display data for displaying performance information on the information display device 113 may be executed by a performance program instead of being executed by the output control process, which is a game program.

Also, by the out ball detection switch 39a, the game ball that has won the general winning opening 43, the first starting opening 45, the second starting opening 47, the first big winning opening 50 and the second big winning opening 56, and the out opening 39 Instead of detecting out-balls made up of game balls that have flowed into the outlet, only game balls that have flowed into the out-port may be detected by the out-ball detection switch 39a. In that case, out ball detection switch 39a, general winning opening detection switch 43a, first starting opening detection switch 45a, second starting opening detection switch 47a, first big winning opening detection switch 50a, second big winning opening detection switch The number of outs (the number of total outs, the number of normal outs) should be incremented by one each time a game ball is detected at 56a.

(Timing chart when normal working hours are reduced)
FIG. 32 is a timing chart when the normal working hours reduction state occurs.

First, at the timing of T1, the variable display of the special symbols to be a big hit is started. At this time, since it is in the normal game state, all information such as the normal medium payout number and normal medium out number for calculating the normal base value and the total number of outs for setting the game section are aggregated (counted). It is running.

Next, at timing T2, variable display of winning normal symbols is started. In this variable display, a variable display is performed by a relatively long normal pattern variation pattern (variable time of 60 seconds or 80 seconds) for the non-time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T3, the stop display of the special symbols is started, and at the timing of T4, when the stop time N of the special symbols (0.5 seconds for the big win) has passed, the big win game (opening) is started, and the right When the beating indicator 67 lights up, the output of a special game signal indicating that the jackpot game is in progress and an advantageous state signal indicating that the player is in an advantageous state more advantageous than the normal game state is started to be output. In addition, the aggregation (counting) of the number of normal payouts and the number of outs during normal period for calculating the normal base value will be stopped, and the aggregation (counting) of the total number of outs for setting the game section will continue (normal base value calculation and display of normal base values).

Then, at the timing of T5, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T6, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is started during the normal game state. Therefore, the second starting port 47 is opened in a short opening time for the non-time saving state.

In addition, at the timing of T7, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this variable display is started during the jackpot game (low-probability non-time-saving game state), the variable display is performed by a relatively long normal pattern variation pattern (variation time 60 seconds or 80 seconds) for the non-time-saving state.

Next, at the timing of T8, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T9, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is started during the jackpot game. Therefore, the second starting port 47 is opened in a short opening time for the non-time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T10, the auxiliary game is finished and the variable display of normal symbols is started. Since this variation display was started during the jackpot game, it is performed with a relatively long normal figure variation pattern for non-time saving state. Then, at the timing of T11, when the jackpot game (ending) ends, a time saving game state (normal time saving state) is started, and the output of the special game signal is stopped.

In addition, at the timing of T12, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T13, when the stop time of the normal symbols has passed, the auxiliary game is started, but the fluctuation display of the normal symbols is during the jackpot game (low probability Since it was started during the non-time-saving game state), the second start port 47 will be opened with a short opening time for the non-time-saving state.

Next, at the timing of T14, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display is started during the time saving game state (usually time saving state), it is performed in a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T15, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T16, when the stop time of the normal symbols passes, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is in the time saving game state (normal time saving state), the second starting port 47 is opened with a long opening time for the time saving state. Then, at the timing of T16, when the auxiliary game ends, the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started.

Here, an example in which the normal time-saving state occurs during the variable display of the normal symbol is shown, but even if the normal time-saving state occurs during the normal symbol stop display or during the auxiliary game, the next normal symbol From the fluctuation display, the fluctuation display by the relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state is performed.

Thus, when the normal time-saving state occurs, the normal time-saving state occurs after a predetermined period of time (after the end of the jackpot game) after the end of the stop display of the special symbol that becomes a big hit. . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from becoming excessively advantageous during the jackpot game, and to secure the profit balance between the game parlor side and the player side.

Also, when the normal time-saving state (low-probability time-saving game state) occurs, a predetermined period before the normal time-saving state occurs (the stop time of the normal loss special pattern has passed and the jackpot game, which is a low-probability time-saving game state, When the game is started), the right-handed indicator 67 is lit. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged in connection with the occurrence of the normal time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Also, when the normal time-saving state (low-probability time-saving game state) occurs, a predetermined period before the normal time-saving state occurs (the stop time of the normal loss special pattern has passed and the jackpot game, which is a low-probability time-saving game state, is started), the counting (counting) of the number of normal payouts and the number of outs during normal for calculating the normal base value is stopped (interrupted). Therefore, an appropriate normal base value can be calculated, and the performance of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the displayed normal base value.

In addition, even during the period when the aggregation (counting) of the number of normal payouts and the number of outs during normal period for calculating the normal base value is stopped (suspended), the calculation of the normal base value and the display of the normal base value will not be possible. Since it is continued, it is possible to accurately grasp the performance of the gaming machine from the displayed normal base value.

In addition, when the normal time-saving state (low-probability time-saving gaming state) occurs, an advantageous state signal is output from a predetermined period before the normal time-saving state occurs (at the start of the jackpot game, which is a low-probability time-saving gaming state). It's like Therefore, the advantageous state signal can be output accurately over the period of the advantageous state, and the state of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the outside.

In addition, when the normal time saving state occurs during the variable display of the normal pattern, regardless of whether or not the auxiliary game is executed, from the next normal pattern variable display to the relatively short normal pattern fluctuation for the time saving state Variation display by pattern is performed. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing the control of variable display of normal symbols in the middle due to the occurrence of the normal time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

In addition, when the normal time saving state occurs during execution of the auxiliary game, the fluctuation display by the relatively short normal pattern fluctuation pattern for the time saving state is performed from the next normal pattern fluctuation display, and the time saving from the next auxiliary game. A long open time for status will cause the second start port 47 to open. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing control of variable display of normal symbols and control of auxiliary game on the way due to the occurrence of the normal time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

(Timing chart when the normal working hours state ends)
FIG. 33 is a timing chart when the normal time saving state ends.

First, at the timing of T1, the final (100th) variable display of the special symbols in the time saving state, that is, the variable display of the special symbols that normally fail is started. At this time, since it is in the time-saving state, the right-handed indicator 67 is lit, and the advantageous state signal is output. In addition, since it is in a time-saving state, while the information aggregation (counting) of the number of normal payouts and the number of outs during normal for calculating the normal base value is stopped (interrupted), Information aggregation (counting) of the total number of outs is performed.

Next, at timing T2, variable display of winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display was started during the time saving state, it is performed with a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

Then, at the timing of T3, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T4, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is started during the time saving state. Therefore, the second starting port 47 is opened with a long opening time for the time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T5, when the auxiliary game ends, the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display was started during the time saving state, it is performed with a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

In addition, at the timing of T6, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T7, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is started during the time saving state. Therefore, the second starting port 47 is opened with a long opening time for the time saving state.

Next, at the timing of T8, when the auxiliary game ends, the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display was started during the time saving state, it is performed with a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state. Then, at the timing of T9, the stop display of the special symbols is started. In addition, stop display of normal symbols is started.

After that, at the timing of T10, when the special pattern stop time N (0.5 seconds for normal loss) elapses, the time saving state ends and the normal game state starts regardless of whether the customer is waiting for a customer or not. , the right-handed indicator 67 is extinguished, and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped. In addition, since the normal game state is entered, totaling (counting) of the normal medium payout number and the normal medium out number for calculating the normal base value is resumed.

Also, at the timing of T10, the variable display of the special symbol that is the next normal loss is started. In addition, the auxiliary game is started after the stop time of the normal pattern has passed, but since the variable display of the normal pattern is started during the time saving state, the second start port 47 is opened with a long opening time for the time saving state. become.

Then, at the timing of T11, when the auxiliary game ends, the variation display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this variable display is started during the normal game state, the variable display is performed by a relatively long normal pattern variation pattern (variation time 60 seconds or 80 seconds) for the non-time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T12, the stop display of the normal symbols is disclosed, and at the timing of T13, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is started during the normal game state. Therefore, the second starting port 47 is opened with a long opening time for the non-time saving state. Then, at the timing of T14, when the auxiliary game ends, the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started.

Here, an example in which the normal time saving state ends during the stop display of the normal symbol is shown, but even if the normal time saving state ends during the variable display of the normal symbol or during the auxiliary game, the next normal symbol From the variable display, the variable display is performed by a relatively long normal pattern variation pattern (variation time is 60 seconds or 80 seconds) for the non-time saving state.

In addition, if a special loss (shorter time) is won in the variable display of the special pattern for the predetermined number of times (100 times) from the start of the normal time saving state, the winning of the special loss (shorter time) is invalidated and the normal losing special pattern is stopped. Since it is displayed and the normal time saving state ends, the right hitting indicator 67 is extinguished and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped, and the number of normal payouts and the normal out for calculating the normal base value Aggregation (counting) of numbers is resumed.

Thus, as a result of the variable display of the special symbols for the predetermined number of times (100 times) from the start of the normal time saving state, when the normal losing special symbols are stop-displayed, the normal time saving state advantageous to the player ends. It has become. Therefore, it is possible to secure the profit balance between the game parlor side and the player side, and to provide the player with an unprecedented game property such as a normal time-saving state, thereby making it possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol for the predetermined number of times (100 times) from the start of the normal time saving state, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the normal time saving state ends and the right-handed display 67 is extinguished. It is designed to Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged in connection with the termination of the normal time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the normal unsuccessful special pattern is stopped and displayed as a result of the variable display of the special pattern for the predetermined number of times (100 times) from the start of the normal time saving state, the normal time saving state ends and the normal base value is calculated. The totaling (counting) of the number of payouts during normal operation and the number of outs during normal operation is restarted. Therefore, an appropriate normal base value can be calculated, and the performance of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the displayed normal base value.

Further, when the normal losing special pattern is stopped and displayed as a result of the variable display of the special pattern for the predetermined number of times (100 times) from the start of the normal time saving state, the normal time saving state ends and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped. It is designed to Therefore, the advantageous state signal can be output accurately over the period of the advantageous state, and the state of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the outside.

In addition, when the normal time saving state ends during the variable display of normal symbols, regardless of whether or not the auxiliary game is executed, from the next normal symbol variable display to the non-time saving state relatively long normal pattern Fluctuation display is performed according to the fluctuation pattern. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing the control of the variable display of the normal symbols midway due to the end of the normal time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

Also, when the normal time saving state occurs during the execution of the auxiliary game, the fluctuation display by the relatively long normal pattern fluctuation pattern for the time saving state is performed from the next normal symbol fluctuation display, and the next auxiliary game is non- The second starting port 47 is opened in a short opening time for the time saving state. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing control of variable display of normal symbols and control of auxiliary game on the way due to the occurrence of the normal time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

(Timing chart from before the start of the first special time saving state to after the end)
FIG. 34 is a timing chart from before the start to after the end of the first special time saving state due to the time saving (special loss) winning.

First, at the timing of T1, the variable display of the special symbols that will be a special loss (time saving) is started. At this time, since it is in the normal game state, all information such as the normal medium payout number and normal medium out number for calculating the normal base value and the total number of outs for setting the game section are aggregated (counted). It is running.

Next, at timing T2, variable display of winning normal symbols is started. In this variable display, a variable display is performed by a relatively long normal pattern variation pattern (variable time of 60 seconds or 80 seconds) for the non-time saving state.

Then, at the timing of T3, the stop display of the special losing special pattern is started, and at the timing of T4, when the stop time M (2 seconds for special losing) of the special losing special pattern has passed, whether or not the customer is waiting. In spite of this, the time-saving game state (first special time-saving state) is started, the right-handed indicator 67 lights up, and the output of an advantageous state signal that is more advantageous to the player than in the normal game state is started. In addition, since the time-saving game state (first special time-saving state) has been entered, the aggregation (counting) of the number of normal payouts and the number of normal outs for calculating the normal base value is stopped (interrupted), and the game section is set. Aggregation (counting) of the total number of outs for the purpose continues (calculation of the normal base value and display of the normal base value are also continued). Furthermore, variable display of special symbols that are usually lost is started.

Next, at the timing of T5, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T6, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is in the normal game state. Since it was started, the 2nd starting port 47 will be open|released by the short opening time for non-time saving states.

After that, at the timing of T7, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display is started during the time saving game state (first special time saving state), it is performed in a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

Then, at the timing of T8, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T9, when the stop time of the normal symbols passes, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is in the time-saving game state (first Since it was started during the special time saving state), the second starting port 47 will be opened with a long opening time for the time saving state. In addition, stop display of normal losing special symbols is started.

Further, at the timing of T10, when the stop time N (0.5 seconds for normal losing) of the normal losing special symbol has passed, the next normal losing special symbol starts to be displayed in a variable manner. Then, at the timing of T11, the auxiliary game ends and the variation display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display is started during the time saving game state (first special time saving state), it is performed in a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T12, the variable display of the special symbols that is the last time (200th time) in the first special time saving state, here, the variable display of the special symbols that are usually lost is started. In addition, when the stop time of the normal symbols has passed, the auxiliary game is disclosed, but since the variable display of the normal symbols was started during the time-saving game state (first special time-saving state), it is the second with a long opening time for the time-saving state. 2 starting port 47 is opened.

Next, at the timing of T13, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display is started during the time saving game state (first special time saving state), it is performed in a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

Then, at the timing of T14, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T15, when the stop time of the normal symbols passes, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is in the time saving game state (first Since it was started during the special time saving state), the second starting port 47 will be opened with a long opening time for the time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T16, the stop display of the normal losing special symbols is started, and at the timing of T17, when the stopping time N (0.5 seconds for normal losing) of the normal losing special symbols has passed, the customer is in a waiting state. Regardless of whether or not the time saving state is ended, the normal game state is started, the right-handed display 67 is extinguished, and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped. In addition, since the normal game state is entered, counting of the normal medium payout number and the normal medium out number for calculating the normal base value is resumed.

Furthermore, at the timing of T17, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display is normally started during the game state (non-time saving state), it is performed in a relatively long normal figure fluctuation pattern for the non-time saving state.

In addition, at the timing of T18, the stop display of the normal losing special symbols is started, and at T19, when the stopping time N (0.5 seconds for normal losing) of the normal losing special symbols elapses, the special symbols that are normally losing are displayed. Variable display is started. In addition, stop display of normal symbols is started.

Then, at the timing of T20, when the stop time of the normal symbols has passed, the auxiliary game is started, but since the fluctuation display of the normal symbols is started during the normal game state, the short opening time for the non-time saving state is used. The starting port 47 is opened.

Here, an example is shown in which the first special time saving state is started during the variable display of the normal symbols, but even if the first special time saving state occurs during the stop display of the normal symbols or during the auxiliary game, From the next normal pattern variation display, the variation display by the relatively short normal pattern variation pattern for the time saving state is performed.

In addition, although the example in which the first special time saving state ends during the execution of the auxiliary game is shown, even if the first special time saving state ends during the variable display of the normal symbols, the normal symbols to be executed next From the fluctuation display of , the fluctuation display by the relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state will be performed.

Thus, when the special losing special symbols different from the normal losing special symbols are stop-displayed, regardless of whether the customer is waiting or not, the first special time-saving state advantageous to the player occurs (starts). It's like As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a game feature that does not exist in the past, in which a time-saving state occurs even though the game is lost, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, the special losing special symbol is stop-displayed for a longer period of time than the normal losing special symbol. Therefore, it is possible to make the player notice that the special losing special symbol is stopped from the length of the stop time, that is, the occurrence of the first special time saving state, and the occurrence of the first special time saving state is produced. It is possible to secure the time for playing the game, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the special losing special symbol is stop-displayed (the stop time elapses), the first special time-saving state occurs (starts) and the right-handed indicator 67 lights up. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the disadvantage that the player suffers in relation to the occurrence of the first special time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed (the stop time has elapsed), the first special time-saving state occurs (starts) and the normal number of payouts and the number of outs during the normal period for calculating the normal base value To stop (interrupt) counting (counting), that is, to continue the calculation of the number of payouts during normal and the number of out during normal until immediately before the first special time saving state occurs. Therefore, an appropriate normal base value can be calculated, and the performance of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the displayed normal base value.

In addition, even during the period when the aggregation (counting) of the number of normal payouts and the number of outs during normal period for calculating the normal base value is stopped (suspended), the calculation of the normal base value and the display of the normal base value will not be possible. Since it is continued, it is possible to accurately grasp the performance of the gaming machine from the displayed normal base value.

In addition, when the special losing special symbol is stop-displayed (the stop time elapses), the first special time-saving state occurs (starts) and an advantageous state signal is output. Therefore, the advantageous state signal can be output accurately over the period of the advantageous state, and the state of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the outside.

In addition, when the first special time saving state occurs during the variable display of the normal symbol, regardless of whether the auxiliary game is executed, from the next normal symbol variable display to a relatively short normal state for the time saving state Variation display is performed according to the figure variation pattern. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing the control of the variable display of normal symbols in the middle due to the occurrence of the first special time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

In addition, when the first special time-saving state occurs during the execution of the auxiliary game, the variation display by the relatively short normal pattern fluctuation pattern for the time-saving state is performed from the next normal symbol fluctuation display, and the next auxiliary game. 2nd starting port 47 will be open|released by the long opening time for time-saving conditions from this. Therefore, complicated processing such as changing the control of variable display of normal symbols and the control of an auxiliary game in the middle due to the occurrence of the first special time-saving state can be eliminated, and the processing load can be reduced.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol, which is the final time (200th time) in the first special time saving state, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the predetermined condition is established (RWM clear is executed, the jackpot game The first special time-saving state advantageous to the player is terminated unless the special symbols are displayed in a specified number of times after the number of times of variation is cleared to 0 based on the end. Therefore, it is possible to secure the profit balance between the game parlor side and the player side, and provide the player with the unprecedented game property of the first special time-saving state, thereby improving the amusement of the game.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol, which is the final time (200th time) in the first special time saving state, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the predetermined condition is established (RWM clear is executed, the jackpot game If it is not a variable display of the special symbol of the specified number of times from 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end, the first special time saving state is ended and the right-handed display 67 is turned off. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the disadvantage that the player suffers in relation to the end of the first special time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Also, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol for the predetermined number of times (200 times) from the start of the first special time saving state, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the predetermined condition is established (RWM clear is executed, jackpot game 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of) If the special symbol is not displayed for the specified number of times, the number of normal payouts and the number of normal outs to calculate the normal base value after the first special time saving state ends In other words, the calculation of the number of payouts during normal and the number of outs during normal is resumed from the end of the first special time saving state. Therefore, an appropriate normal base value can be calculated, and the performance of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the displayed normal base value.

Also, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol for the predetermined number of times (200 times) from the start of the first special time saving state, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the predetermined condition is established (RWM clear is executed, jackpot game 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of ), the first special time-saving state is ended and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped unless the special symbols are displayed for the specified number of times. Therefore, the advantageous state signal can be output accurately over the period of the advantageous state, and the state of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the outside.

In addition, when the first special time saving state ends during the variable display of normal symbols, regardless of whether or not the auxiliary game is executed, a relatively long time for the non-time saving state is displayed from the next normal symbol variable display. Fluctuation display by the normal figure fluctuation pattern is performed. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing the control of the variable display of the normal symbols on the way due to the end of the first special time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

In addition, when the first special time-saving state occurs during the execution of the auxiliary game, the fluctuation display by the relatively long normal pattern fluctuation pattern for the time-saving state is performed from the next normal symbol fluctuation display, and the next auxiliary game. The 2nd starting mouth 47 will be open|released by the short opening time for non-work-time-reduction states. Therefore, complicated processing such as changing the control of variable display of normal symbols and the control of an auxiliary game in the middle due to the occurrence of the first special time-saving state can be eliminated, and the processing load can be reduced.

In addition, even if the special loss (time saving) is elected during the first special time saving state, if the first special time saving state is not newly generated, special loss special in the final fluctuation display in the first special time saving state Even if the symbol is stopped and displayed, the first special time-saving state will end, so the right-handed indicator 67 is turned off and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped, and the normal for calculating the normal base value Counting of the number of middle payouts and the number of normal middle outs is restarted.

(Timing chart from before the start of the second special time saving state to after the end)
FIG. 35 is a timing chart from before the start of the second special time saving state to after the end due to the fact that the variable display of the special symbols has reached the specified number of times (800 times).

First, at the timing of T1, the fluctuation display of the special pattern that becomes the normal loss at the specified number of times (800 times) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (executing the RWM clear, clearing the number of fluctuations to 0 based on the end of the jackpot game) starts. be done. In addition, at the timing of T2, the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. In this variable display, a variable display is performed by a relatively long normal pattern variation pattern (variable time of 60 seconds or 80 seconds) for the non-time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T3, the stop display of the special symbols is started, and at the timing of T4, when the stop time M of the special symbols (2 seconds for normal failure, which is the specified number of times) has elapsed, is the customer waiting state? A time-saving game state (second special time-saving state) is started regardless of whether or not, the right-handed indicator 67 lights up, and an advantageous state signal that is more advantageous to the player than in the normal game state is started to be output. In addition, since the time-saving game state (second special time-saving state) has been entered, the aggregation (counting) of the number of normal payouts and the number of normal outs for calculating the normal base value is stopped (interrupted), and the game section is set. Aggregation (counting) of the total number of outs for the purpose continues (calculation of the normal base value and display of the normal base value are also continued). Furthermore, variable display of special symbols that are usually lost is started.

In addition, at the timing of T5, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T6, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is started during the normal game state. Therefore, the second starting port 47 is opened in a short opening time for the non-time saving state.

Next, at the timing of T7, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display was started during the time saving game state (second special time saving state), it is performed in a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

Then, at the timing of T8, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T9, when the stop time of the normal symbols passes, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is in the time-saving game state (second Since it was started during the special time saving state), the second starting port 47 will be opened with a long opening time for the time saving state. In addition, stop display of normal losing special symbols is started.

Further, at the timing of T10, when the special symbol stop time N (0.5 seconds for normal failure) has passed, the next normal failure special symbol is started to be displayed. In addition, at the timing of T11, the variable display of the normal symbol that becomes a hit after the auxiliary game ends is disclosed. Since this fluctuation display was started during the time saving game state (second special time saving state), it is performed in a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

After that, at the timing of T12, the variable display of the special symbols which is the final time in the second special time saving state, that is, the variable display of the special symbols which are usually lost is started. In addition, when the stop time of the normal pattern has passed, the auxiliary game is disclosed, but since the variable display of the normal pattern was started during the time saving game state (second special time saving state), the second time is a long opening time for the time saving state. 2 starting port 47 is opened.

Next, at the timing of T13, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display was started during the time saving game state (second special time saving state), it is performed in a relatively short normal figure fluctuation pattern for the time saving state.

Then, at the timing of T14, the stop display of the normal symbols is started, and at the timing of T15, when the stop time of the normal symbols elapses, the auxiliary game is started, but the variable display of the normal symbols is in the time-saving game state (second Since it was started during the special time saving state), the second starting port 47 will be opened with a long opening time for the time saving state.

In addition, at the timing of T16, the stop display of the normal losing special pattern is started, and at the timing of T17, when the stop time N (0.5 seconds for normal losing) of the normal losing special pattern has elapsed, the customer waits. Regardless of whether or not the time saving state is ended, the normal game state is started, the right-handed display 67 is extinguished, and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped. In addition, since the normal game state is entered, counting of the normal medium payout number and the normal medium out number for calculating the normal base value is resumed.

Furthermore, at the timing of T17, the auxiliary game ends and the variable display of the winning normal symbols is started. Since this fluctuation display is normally started during the game state (non-time saving state), it is performed in a relatively long normal figure fluctuation pattern for the non-time saving state.

In addition, at the timing of T18, the stop display of the normal losing special symbols is started, and at T19, when the stopping time N (0.5 seconds for normal losing) of the normal losing special symbols elapses, the special symbols that are normally losing are displayed. Variable display is started. In addition, stop display of normal symbols is started.

Then, at the timing of T20, when the stop time of the normal symbols has passed, the auxiliary game is started, but since the fluctuation display of the normal symbols is started during the normal game state, the short opening time for the non-time saving state is used. The starting port 47 is opened.

Here, an example is shown in which the second special time saving state is started during the variable display of the normal symbols, but even if the second special time saving state occurs during the stop display of the normal symbols or during the auxiliary game, From the next normal pattern variation display, the variation display by the relatively short normal pattern variation pattern for the time saving state is performed.

In addition, although the example in which the second special time saving state ends during the execution of the auxiliary game is shown, even if the second special time saving state ends during the normal symbol fluctuation display or during the normal symbol stop display, From the fluctuation display of the normal pattern to be executed next, the fluctuation display by the relatively short normal pattern fluctuation pattern for the time saving state is performed.

In this way, as a result of the fluctuation display of the special symbol that is the specified number of times (800 times) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game), the normal losing special symbol is displayed. When the display is stopped, regardless of whether or not the player is waiting for a customer, a second special time-saving state that is advantageous to the player occurs (starts). As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a game feature that does not exist in the past, in which a time-saving state occurs even though the game is lost, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, a normal losing special symbol that is stopped and displayed as a result of the variable display of the special symbol for the specified number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, clearing the number of variations based on the end of the jackpot game to 0) is displayed. , is stopped for a longer time than the normal stop time. Therefore, it is possible to make the player notice that the second special time saving state occurs from the length of the stop time, and to secure the time to produce the occurrence of the second special time saving state. , it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol for the specified number of times (800 times) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (execution of RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations based on the end of the jackpot game), the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed. When (the stop time has elapsed), the second special time saving state occurs (starts) and the right-handed indicator 67 lights up. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged in connection with the occurrence of the second special time saving state, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol for the specified number of times (800 times) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (execution of RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations based on the end of the jackpot game), the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed. (stop time has elapsed), the second special time saving state occurs (starts) and stops counting the number of payouts during normal and the number of out during normal for calculating the normal base value, that is, the second special The calculation of the normal payout number and the normal out number is continued until just before the time saving state occurs. Therefore, an appropriate normal base value can be calculated, and the performance of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the displayed normal base value.

Also, even while the tallying of the number of normal payouts and the number of outs during normal period for calculating the normal base value is stopped, the calculation of the normal base value and the display of the normal base value will continue. It is possible to accurately grasp the performance of the gaming machine from the normal base value that is used.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol for the specified number of times from the establishment of the predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, clearing the number of variations based on the end of the jackpot game), the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed (stop time has passed), the second special time-saving state occurs (starts) and an advantageous state signal is output. Therefore, the advantageous state signal can be output accurately over the period of the advantageous state, and the state of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the outside.

In addition, when the second special time saving state occurs during the variable display of normal symbols, regardless of whether or not the auxiliary game is executed, from the next normal symbol variable display to a relatively short normal time for the time saving state Variation display is performed according to the figure variation pattern. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing the control of the variable display of normal symbols in the middle due to the occurrence of the second special time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

In addition, when the second special time-saving state occurs during the execution of the auxiliary game, the variation display by the relatively short normal pattern fluctuation pattern for the time-saving state is performed from the next normal symbol fluctuation display, and the next auxiliary game. 2nd starting port 47 will be open|released by the long opening time for time-saving conditions from this. Therefore, complicated processing such as changing the control of variable display of normal symbols and the control of auxiliary games due to the occurrence of the second special time-saving state is not performed, and the processing load can be reduced.

In addition, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed as a result of the variable display of the special symbol which is the last time (600th time) in the second special time-saving state, the second special time-saving state advantageous to the player ends. It's like Therefore, it is possible to secure the profit balance between the game parlor side and the player side, and provide the player with the second special time-saving state, which is an unprecedented game property, and improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol that is the final time (600th time) in the second special time-saving state, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the second special time-saving state ends and the right-handed display is displayed. 67 is turned off. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged in connection with the termination of the second special time saving state, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special pattern that is the final time (600th time) in the second special time saving state, when the normal losing special pattern is stopped and displayed, the second special time saving state ends and the normal base value is set. To restart the counting of the number of payouts during normal and the number of outs during normal for calculation, that is, restart the calculation of the number of payouts during normal and the number of outs during normal from the end of the second special time saving state. Therefore, an appropriate normal base value can be calculated, and the performance of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the displayed normal base value.

In addition, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol that is the final time (600th time) in the second special time-saving state, when the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the second special time-saving state ends and the advantageous state signal is output. Output is stopped. Therefore, the advantageous state signal can be output accurately over the period of the advantageous state, and the state of the gaming machine can be accurately grasped from the outside.

In addition, when the second special time saving state ends during the variable display of normal symbols, regardless of whether or not the auxiliary game is executed, from the next normal symbol variable display to the non-time saving state relatively long Fluctuation display by the normal figure fluctuation pattern is performed. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform complicated processing such as changing the control of the variable display of the normal symbols on the way due to the end of the second special time saving state, and it is possible to reduce the processing load.

In addition, when the second special time-saving state occurs during the execution of the auxiliary game, the variation display by the relatively long normal pattern fluctuation pattern for the time-saving state is performed from the next normal symbol fluctuation display, and the next auxiliary game. The 2nd starting mouth 47 will be open|released by the short opening time for non-work-time-reduction states. Therefore, complicated processing such as changing the control of variable display of normal symbols and the control of auxiliary games due to the occurrence of the second special time-saving state is not performed, and the processing load can be reduced.

In addition, even if the special loss (time saving) is elected during the second special time saving state, if the first special time saving state is not newly generated, special loss special in the final fluctuation display in the second special time saving state Even if the symbol is stopped and displayed, the second special time saving state will end, so the right hitting indicator 67 is turned off and the output of the advantageous state signal is stopped, and the normal for calculating the normal base value The counting of the number of middle payouts and the number of normal middle outs is restarted.

(Main processing of production control section)
Main processing of the effect control section 130m will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 36 is a flowchart of main processing in the effect control section 130m.

First, the sub CPU 130a inhibits all interrupts in step E1, performs CPU initialization such as setting of built-in registers in step E2, and permits access to the RWM area of the sub RAM 130c in step E3.

The sub CPU 130a initializes (clears to 0) all RWM areas (work area, stack area, unused area) of the sub RAM 130c in step E4, and generates a timer interrupt (4 milliseconds) in step E5. CTC (counter timer circuit) is activated, and all interrupts are permitted at step E6.

The sub CPU 130a performs a sub random number update process in step E7. Specifically, a process of updating various random numbers stored in the RWM area of the sub-RAM 130c is performed. Thereafter, the process of step E7 is repeated.

(Timer interrupt processing of production control unit)
The timer interrupt processing of the effect control section 130m will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 37 is a flow chart of timer interrupt processing in the effect control section 130m. This timer interrupt processing is executed by inputting a clock pulse every predetermined cycle (4 milliseconds) from a reset clock pulse generation circuit provided in the effect control section 130m.

First, in step E100, the sub CPU 130a saves the information stored in the register to the stack area of the RWM area of the sub RAM 130c, and in step E200, performs timer update processing. Specifically, it performs a process of updating various timer counters necessary for execution of the effect.

The sub CPU 130a performs command analysis processing in step E300. Specifically, the process of analyzing the command (transmitted from the main control board 110 or the payout control unit 121) stored in the reception buffer of the RWM area of the sub-RAM 130c is performed. Details of the command analysis processing will be described later.

The sub CPU 130a performs a customer waiting control process in step E400. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the customer waiting time (for example, 60 seconds) has passed in the customer waiting state where the special symbol fluctuation display and the special game (jackpot game, small winning game) are not executed, and the customer Processing for executing a customer waiting performance for stimulating a player's willingness to play is performed based on the lapse of the waiting time.

The sub CPU 130a performs operation effect execution processing in step E500. Specifically, the promotion performance to prompt the operation of the performance button 17 is executed during the effective period generated during the variable performance, and the degree of expectation that the big win game is executed is calculated according to the operation of the performance button 17 during the effective period. In response to the suggested operation notice performance and the operation of the performance button 17 during the effective period, a determined success performance suggesting that the big winning game is executed or a determined failure performance suggesting that the big winning game is not executed is performed. A process for executing an operation presentation such as an operation determination presentation is performed.

As the "operation notice effect", there is a dialogue notice effect that suggests the degree of expectation that the jackpot game will be executed depending on the type and display mode of the dialogue displayed on the image display device, the type of cut-in image displayed on the image display device, A cut-in notice effect or the like that suggests the degree of expectation that a jackpot game will be executed depending on the display mode is exemplified.

In step E600, the sub CPU 130a performs effect mode update processing. Specifically, the production elements (background image, production image, production sound, etc.) in the audio output device 9, the main display device 70 (first image display device), the sub-display device 71 (second image display device), etc. are specified. It is determined whether or not the update condition of the performance mode (performance stage) to be set is established, and processing for updating the performance mode to any one of a plurality of performance modes is performed when the update condition is established. Details of the rendering mode update process will be described later.

The sub CPU 130a performs an output control process in step E700. Specifically, processing for transmitting various commands set in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c to the general control unit 141 and the lamp control unit 150 is performed.

At step E800, the sub CPU 130a restores the register saved in the RWM area of the sub RAM 130c at step E100, and terminates the current timer interrupt process.

(Command analysis processing of production control unit)
Command analysis processing of the effect control section 130m will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 38 is a flow chart showing command analysis processing in the effect control section 130m.

First, in step E301, the sub CPU 130a refers to the reception buffer of the sub RAM 130c to determine whether or not a command has been received. If the command has been received, the process proceeds to step E302, and if the command has not been received, the current command analysis process ends.

In step E302, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a setting change designation command. If it is a setting change designation command, the process moves to step E303, and if it is not a setting change designation command, the process moves to step E304.

The sub CPU 130a performs setting change notification processing in step E303. Specifically, a process of setting a notification instruction command for starting the setting change notification described above in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c is performed. As a result, the notification instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and the processing for executing the setting change notification is performed.

In step E304, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a setting confirmation designation command. If it is a setting confirmation designation command, the process moves to step E305, and if it is not a setting confirmation designation command, the process moves to step E306.

The sub CPU 130a performs setting confirmation notification processing in step E305. Specifically, a process of setting a notification instruction command for starting the above-described setting confirmation notification in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c is performed. As a result, the notification instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for executing the setting confirmation notification is performed.

In step E306, the sub CPU 130a determines whether the received command is a power-on designation command or a power restoration designation command. If it is a power-on designation command or a power restoration designation command, the process moves to step E307, and if it is not a power-on designation command or a power restoration designation command, the process moves to step E308.

In step E307, the sub CPU 130a performs power-on notification processing. Specifically, when the received command is a power-on designation command, the notification instruction command for executing the power-on notification is set in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c, and the received command is a power restoration designation command. In the case of , a process of setting a notification instruction command for executing the above-described power restoration notification to the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c is performed. As a result, a notification instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, processing for executing power-on notification or power recovery notification, and the movable effect device 73 (first movable member 73a, second movable An initial operation for operating the member 73b) in a predetermined mode, an initial light emission for causing the board lighting device 74 to emit light in a predetermined mode, and the like are performed.

In step E308, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is an error system designation command. If it is an error system designation command, the process moves to step E309, and if it is not an error system designation command, the process moves to step E310.

"Error type designation command" includes unrecoverable error designation command, illegal winning error designation command, abnormal winning error designation command, magnetic error designation command, radio wave error designation command, door open error start designation command, door open error end designation Commands, operation error designation commands, full error designation commands, etc. are included.

The sub CPU 130a performs error notification processing in step E309. Specifically, error notification according to the type of error designation command received (non-recoverable error notification, illegal winning error notification, abnormal winning error notification, magnetic error notification, radio wave error notification, door opening error notification, operation error notification , full error notification, etc.), the notification instruction command is set in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c. As a result, the notification instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for executing various error notifications is performed.

In step E310, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a gaming state designation command. If it is the game state designation command, the process moves to step E311, and if it is not the game state designation command, the process moves to step E312.

The sub CPU 130a performs a game state setting process in step E311. Specifically, the game state stored in the sub-RAM 130c is updated to the game state corresponding to the game state designation command.

In step E312, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a special symbol storage designation command. If it is a special symbol storage specification command, the process moves to step E313, and if it is not a special symbol storage specification command, the process moves to step E314.

The sub CPU 130a performs a pending number update process in step E313. Specifically, the process of setting the effect instruction command to the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c to update the number of reserved special figures stored in the sub-RAM 130c and increase or decrease the number of reserved icons displayed on the image display device conduct. As a result, the effect instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for increasing or decreasing the pending icons displayed on the image display device is performed.

In step E314, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a prefetch designation command. If it is a prefetching designation command, the received prefetching designation command (special figure scheduled fluctuation pattern) is set in the later-described prefetching storage area of the sub RAM 130c, and then the process is moved to step E315, and if it is not a prefetching designation command, Processing is transferred to step E318.

The "prefetching storage area" is a first prefetching storage unit for sequentially storing prefetching information (such as a special figure scheduled fluctuation pattern) based on the first prefetching designation command, and a second prefetching designation command. and a second prefetch storage unit for storing prefetch information corresponding to the variable display (variation effect) being executed (0th storage unit). The two prefetch storage units are divided into first to fourth storage units, respectively.

The first to fourth storage units of the first prefetch storage unit correspond to the first to fourth storage units of the above-described first special figure determination information reservation storage area, respectively, and when the first prefetch designation command is received, the The prefetch information is stored in the storage unit corresponding to the one-hold number. The look-ahead information stored in each storage section is moved (shifted) to a storage section with a lower number by one each time the variable display (variation effect) of the first special symbol is executed.

The first to fourth storage units of the second prefetch storage unit correspond to the first to fourth storage units of the second special figure determination information reservation storage area described above, respectively, and when the second prefetch designation command is received, the 2 Prefetch information is stored in a storage unit corresponding to the number of reservations. The look-ahead information stored in each storage section is moved (shifted) to a storage section with a lower number by one each time the variable display (variation effect) of the second special symbol is executed.

The storage unit (0th storage unit) corresponds to the special figure determination information execution storage area described above, and when the variable display of the first special symbol is executed, the first storage unit of the first look-ahead storage unit The prefetch information that moves (shifts) from is stored, and when the variable display of the second special symbol is executed, the prefetch information that moves (shifts) from the first storage unit of the second prefetch unit is stored. be.

In step E315, the sub CPU 130a performs icon change effect determination processing. Specifically, it is expected that a special game will be executed by displaying the reserved icon or the icon displayed on the image display device in a special display mode (special icon, specific icon) different from the normal display mode (normal icon). A process for determining whether or not to execute an icon change effect suggesting a degree (possibility) and the effect mode of the icon change effect to be executed is performed.

In step E316, the sub CPU 130a performs a win-time lighting effect determination process. Specifically, a special game is played by causing the top lamp 10b in the upper center of the glass frame 4 of the frame lighting device 10 to emit light in a special light emission mode different from the normal light emission mode when the game ball enters the starting hole. A process for determining whether or not to execute a prize-winning light-emitting effect suggesting the degree of expectation that is executed, and the effect mode of the prize-winning light-emitting effect to be executed.

In step E317, the sub CPU 130a performs a continuous announcement effect determination process. Specifically, by executing a predetermined effect over the variable display (variable effect) of one or more special symbols, it is expected that the big win game will be executed (suggesting the possibility that the big win game will be executed). Processing for determining whether or not to execute continuous advance notice performance (read-ahead operation performance, read-ahead effect performance, read-ahead vibration performance, read-ahead zone performance, etc.) and the type of continuous notice performance to be executed, etc., and setting them in a sub-RAM 130c is performed.

In the "predictive action effect", a special game is executed by executing an operation effect (announcement effect) for operating the second movable member 74 in a predetermined manner at the timing immediately after the start of the variable effect in one or more variable effects. It is a production that intermittently suggests the degree of expectation to be.

"Look-ahead effect production" is a special game by executing an effect production (advance production) for displaying an effect image of a predetermined color around the production pattern 70a at the timing immediately after the start of the fluctuation production in one or more fluctuation productions. It is a production that intermittently suggests the degree of expectation that will be executed.

"Forecast vibration effect" is the degree of expectation that a special game will be executed by executing a vibration effect (announcement effect) in which the effect button 17 is vibrated in a predetermined manner at the timing immediately after the start of the variable effect in one or more variable effects. It is a production that intermittently suggests.

“Foreseeing zone effect” means continuously suggesting the degree of expectation that a special game will be executed by executing a zone effect (notice effect) that displays a zone image from a predetermined timing in one or more variable effects. It is a production to do.

It should be noted that the icon change effect, the lighting effect at the time of winning, and the continuous notice effect are pre-reading effects that are executed based on the result of the preliminary determination of the special figure determination information.

In step E318, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a special symbol designation command. If it is a special design designation command, the process moves to step E319, and if it is not a special design designation command, the process moves to step E320.

The sub CPU 130a performs symbol data determination processing in step E319. Specifically, a process for determining the effect symbols to be stopped and displayed on the image display device as a result of the variable effect, that is, the arrangement (combination) of the effect symbols to be stopped on a predetermined effective line, etc. is performed.

The sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a special figure variation pattern designation command in step E320. If it is a special figure variation pattern specification command, the process is moved to step E321, and if it is not a special figure variation pattern specification command, the process is moved to step E325.

In step E321, the sub CPU 130a performs variation effect pattern determination processing. Specifically, based on the contents of the special figure variation pattern designation command received, the variation performance pattern, which is the performance mode of the variation performance executed by the performance device including the image display device, is determined, and the performance showing the variation performance pattern The instruction command is set in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c. As a result, the effect instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for executing the variable effect is performed.

In step E322, the sub CPU 130a performs a jackpot announcement effect determination process. Specifically, based on the variable performance pattern determined in step E321, it is determined whether or not to execute a jackpot announcement performance that suggests the degree of expectation that a special game will be executed (makes people expect that a jackpot game will be executed). Alternatively, the process of determining the effect mode (pattern) of the big win notice effect to be executed and setting the execution information of the big win notice effect in a predetermined area of the sub-RAM 130c is performed.

The sub CPU 130a performs icon display mode update processing in step E323. Specifically, processing for starting the icon change effect determined in the icon change effect determination process of step E315, or changing the display mode of the pending icon already displayed or the icon is performed.

In step E324, the sub CPU 130a performs a continuous announcement effect execution process. Specifically, a process of setting an effect instruction command for starting the continuous announcement effect determined in the continuous announcement effect determination process of step E317 or changing the effect mode to the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c is performed. As a result, the effect instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for executing the continuous advance notice effect is performed.

In step E325, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a special symbol determination command. If it is a special symbol confirmation command, the process is moved to step E326, and if it is not a special symbol confirmation command, the process is moved to step E327.

In step E326, the sub CPU 130a performs effect symbol stop processing. Specifically, a process of setting an effect instruction command for stopping and displaying the effect symbols in the temporarily stopped state to end the variable effect in the transmission buffer of the sub RAM 130c is performed. As a result, the effect instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for ending the variable effect is performed.

In step E327, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a special game system designation command. If it is a special game system designation command, the process moves to step E328, and if it is not a special game system designation command, the process moves to step E329.

The "special game system designation command" includes a jackpot opening designation command, a jackpot round designation command, a jackpot ending designation command, a small winning opening designation command, a small winning ending designation command, and the like.

The sub CPU 130a performs special game effect determination processing in step E328. Specifically, in the case of the opening designation command, the processing of setting the performance instruction command for determining the opening performance of the jackpot game and executing the opening performance in the transmission buffer of the sub RAM 130c is performed, and in the case of the round designation command. , the round performance of the round game is determined and the performance instruction command for executing the round performance is set in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c, and in the case of the ending designation command, the ending performance of the jackpot game is determined. Then, a process of setting an effect instruction command for executing an ending effect in the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c is performed. As a result, the effect instruction command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for executing the opening effect, the round effect, and the ending effect is performed.

In step E329, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the received command is a time-saving number-of-time designation command. If it is a time-saving frequency system designation command, the process proceeds to step E330, and if it is not a time-saving frequency system designation command, this command analysis process is terminated.

In step E330, the sub CPU 130a performs time saving related information notification processing. Specifically, it stores the number of times of shortening of working hours specified by the number of times of shortening of working hours specified by the received number of times of shortening of working hours, and sets the remaining number of times of shortening of working hours instruction command according to the number of times of shortening of hours to the transmission buffer of the sub-RAM 130c. As a result, the remaining number of times of time saving is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and processing for displaying the remaining number of times of saving time is performed.

(Icon change effect determination processing of the effect control unit)
The icon change effect determination processing of the effect control section 130m will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing icon change effect determination processing in the effect control section 130m.

In step E315-1, the sub CPU 130a refers to the prefetch designation command received from the main control board 110, and in step E315-2, determines whether or not the current icon change rendering is executable. If it is during the period during which the icon change effect can be executed, the process proceeds to step E315-3, and if it is not during the period during which the icon change effect can be executed, it is assumed that the icon change effect based on the prefetch designation command received this time is not executed. The process moves to step E315-6.

"Icon change effect executable period" means that the jackpot game is not being executed, and when the first look-ahead designation command based on the winning to the first start port 45 is received, in a non-time-saving state (normal game state) There is a time saving state (probability variable game state or time saving game state) when receiving a second look-ahead designation command based on winning a prize to the second start port 47, and the like.

In step E315-3, the sub CPU 130a acquires an icon display mode determination random value for determining the final display mode of the icon to be additionally displayed on the main display device 70 (first image display device), and step E315-4. , an icon final display mode determination table (see FIG. 40) for determining the final display mode of the icon is selected. Details of the icon final display mode determination table will be described later.

The sub CPU 130a determines the final display mode of the icon in step E315-5. Specifically, referring to the final icon display mode determination table shown in FIG. 40, a plurality of icons are selected based on the type of prefetch designation command (scheduled variation pattern) and the selection rate (%) of the final display mode of each icon. One icon final display mode is determined from the final display modes.

In step E315-6, the sub CPU 130a determines the normal icon (white icon), which is the normal display mode, as the final icon display mode.

In step E315-7, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the determined final icon display mode is a special icon (any of the blue icon, red icon, and rainbow icon) for executing the icon change effect. If the icon is a special icon that executes an icon change effect, the process moves to step E315-8, and if it is not a display mode that executes an icon change effect, the process moves to step E315-11.

In step E315-8, the sub CPU 130a selects the change scenario determination table (see FIG. 41) for determining the change scenario of the icon change effect. This change scenario indicates the transition of the display mode from the appearance of the pending icon to the final disappearance of the icon. Details of the change scenario determination table will be described later.

In step E315-9, the sub CPU 130a determines a change scenario and sets it in the prefetch information storage area corresponding to the pending storage number counter of the sub RAM 130c. Specifically, referring to the change scenario determination table shown in FIG. 41, based on the final display mode of the icon, the number of pending memories of special symbols corresponding to the prefetch designation command, and the selection rate (%) of each change scenario, One change scenario is determined from a plurality of change scenarios.

In step E315-10, the sub CPU 130a identifies the winning icon, which is the display mode of the icon first displayed on the main display device 70 (first image display device), from the determined change scenario, and determines the winning icon. icon display command is set in the transmission buffer, and the current icon change effect determination processing is terminated.

As a result, the icon display command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and the pending icon in the display mode corresponding to the icon display command is displayed on the main display device 70 (first image display device), or a predetermined A sound effect (a first winning sound when displayed as a normal icon, and a second winning sound when displayed as a special icon) is output.

In step E315-11, the sub CPU 130a determines a non-change scenario in which the icon change effect is not executed, and sets it in the look-ahead information storage area corresponding to the reserved storage number counter of the sub RAM 130c.

In step E315-12, the sub CPU 130a sets the icon display command for the normal icon in the transmission buffer, and terminates the current icon change effect determination process. As a result, the icon display command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and the pending icon in the display mode corresponding to the icon display command is displayed on the main display device 70 (first image display device), or a predetermined A sound effect (first winning sound) is output.

(Icon final display mode determination table)
FIG. 40 is an icon final display mode determination table for determining the icon final display mode in the icon change effect determination process of step E315 described above.

The icon final display mode determination table contains the type of special symbol corresponding to the prefetch designation command, the type of prefetch designation command (scheduled variation pattern), the selection rate (%) of each icon final display mode, and the icon final display mode to be selected. Display modes are associated with each other, and as a reference, the effect contents of the planned variation pattern corresponding to the prefetch designation command are described.

The final icon display mode includes a normal icon (a white icon whose shape is set for each production mode) that does not suggest the degree of expectation for a big win, and a special icon that suggests the degree of expectation for a big win (common to multiple production modes). shape (blue icon, red icon, rainbow icon) is set. In addition, the degree of expectation for a big win related to the special icon is higher in the order of blue icon<red icon (SP reach or higher confirmed)<rainbow icon (big win confirmed).

A first feature of the icon final display mode determination table shown in FIG. 40 is that the chance effect is more pronounced than when the result of the preliminary determination specified by the scheduled variation pattern is a normal failure in which a normal variation or a shortened variation is executed. In the case of a special loss (time saving) to be executed, the special icon is more likely to be determined as the final icon display mode, that is, the icon change effect is more likely to be executed. By doing so, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the occurrence of the first special time saving state as a special loss (time saving), and to improve the amusement of the game.

A second feature of the icon final display mode determination table shown in FIG. 40 is that the chance effect is executed more than the case where the result of the preliminary determination specified by the scheduled variation pattern is the normal loss in which the normal ready-to-win effect is executed. In the case of a special failure (time saving), the special icon is more likely to be determined as the final icon display mode, that is, the icon change effect is more likely to be executed. By doing so, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the occurrence of the first special time saving state as a special loss (time saving), and to improve the amusement of the game.

A third feature of the icon final display mode determination table shown in FIG. 40 is that the chance effect is executed more than the case where the result of the preliminary determination specified by the scheduled variation pattern is the normal failure in which the chance effect is executed. In the case of a special failure (time saving), the special icon is more likely to be determined as the final icon display mode, that is, the icon change effect is more likely to be executed. By doing so, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the occurrence of the first special time saving state as a special loss (time saving), and to improve the amusement of the game.

The fourth feature of the icon final display mode determination table shown in FIG. 40 is a special loss (time reduction) in which a chance effect is executed rather than a big hit as a result of advance determination specified by the scheduled variation pattern. In the case, it is difficult to determine the special icon as the icon display mode, that is, it is difficult to execute the icon change effect. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the feeling of loss when the player does not get a big win despite his expectations and ends up with a special loss (reduced time), and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. .

It should be noted that the special icon may be more likely to be determined as the final icon display mode when the result of the preliminary determination specified by the scheduled variation pattern is a special failure (shorter time) than when the result is a normal failure. In this way, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the occurrence of the first special time-saving state as a special loss (time-saving), and to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, a special icon (for example, a character icon, an item icon, etc.) that is dedicated to a special failure (time saving) may be provided, and in this case, it is more difficult to decide the special icon than the blue icon ( lower percentage of Also, when a special icon is provided, it may be determined not only for the special loss (time saving) but also for the normal loss. The special icon may be determined more easily (the rate of determination is higher), or vice versa.

(Change scenario determination table)
FIG. 41 is a change scenario determination table for determining an icon change scenario in the icon change effect determination process of step E315 described above.

In the change scenario determination table, the final display mode of the icon, the number of reserved special symbols corresponding to the prefetch designation command, the selection rate (%) of each change scenario, and the change scenario to be selected are associated. The advance change in each change scenario and the update mode of the icon in the change are described.

"Advance variation" is a variable display (variation effect) that is executed based on the special figure determination information stored earlier than the special figure determination information corresponding to the newly received look-ahead specified command. "The variation" is a variation display (variation effect) that is executed based on the special figure determination information corresponding to the newly received prefetch designation command.

In the change scenario, the display mode of the icon does not change during the execution of the preliminary change (the pending icon change effect is not executed), but changes during the change (the icon change effect is executed). Scenarios (for example, scenario 01, etc.) and icon display modes change during the execution of prior variation (suspended icon change effect is executed), but do not change during the execution of the change (the icon change effect is Scenarios (for example, scenario 02, etc.) that are not executed), and icon display modes change during the execution of the prior variation and during the execution of the variation (suspended icon change effect and the icon change effect are executed ) scenarios (for example, scenario 15, etc.) are set.

The change scenario is determined regardless of whether it is in the normal game state (first special symbol icon) or in the specific game state (second special symbol icon). In the case of the state (icon of the second special symbol), the rate at which the icon changes due to the change is higher than the rate at which the icon changes due to the prior change (for example, 20:80, 0:100, etc.). may In addition, the rate at which the icon changes due to the change is set to be higher in the specific game state (second special symbol icon) than in the normal game state (first special symbol icon). may

(Continuous notice effect determination processing of effect control unit)
Continuous advance notice effect determination processing in the effect control section 130m will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 42 is a flow chart showing continuous announcement effect determination processing in the effect control section 130m.

The sub CPU 130a determines whether or not a prefetch designation command has been received from the main control board 110 in step E317-1. When the prefetching designation command is received, the processing is moved to step E317-2, and when the prefetching designation command is not received, the current continuous announcement effect determination processing is ended.

In step E317-2, the sub CPU 130a refers to the received prefetch designation command, and grasps whether or not it is a jackpot, the type of jackpot game, and the content of the effect (scheduled variation pattern).

At step E317-3, it is determined whether or not the current period is the period during which the continuous advance notice effect can be executed. If it is the period during which the continuous advance notice effect (the above-mentioned look-ahead motion effect, the look-ahead effect effect, the look-ahead vibration effect, the look-ahead zone effect) is in the executable period, the process is shifted to step E317-4, and if the continuous notice effect is not in the executable period. In step E317-16, it is assumed that the continuous announcement effect based on the prefetch designation command received this time is not executed.

The ``executable period of the continuous notice effect'' means that there is no precedent reservation in which the continuous notice effect is executed, that the jackpot game is not being executed, and that the prefetch designation command based on the winning to the first start port 45 is received. In that case, it is a normal game state, and when a prefetch designation command based on the winning to the second start port 47 is received, it is a specific game state (low-probability short-time game state, high-probability short-time game state) etc. mentioned.

The sub CPU 130a selects the continuous notice type determination table (see FIG. 43) at step E317-4, and refers to the continuous notice type determination table at step E317-5 to determine the continuous notice type (whether or not the continuous notice effect is executed). , type of continuous announcement effect to be executed). Details of the continuous announcement type determination table will be described later.

In step E317-6, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not it is the continuous announcement type for executing the continuous announcement effect. If the continuous announcement effect is not to be executed, the process proceeds to step E317-16, and if the continuous announcement effect is to be executed, a continuous announcement scenario determination table (not shown) is selected in step E317-7.

In step E317-8, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the continuous announcement type for executing the look-ahead action rendering has been determined. If the look-ahead action effect is not to be executed, the process proceeds to step E317-10, and if the look-ahead action effect is to be executed, the continuous notice scenario determination table is referred to in step E317-9, and the prediction scenario of the look-ahead action effect is determined. is determined and set in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-RAM 130c.

The sub CPU 130a determines in step E317-10 whether or not the continuous announcement type for executing the look-ahead effect presentation has been determined. If the look-ahead effect rendering is not to be executed, the process proceeds to step E317-12, and if the look-ahead effect rendering is to be executed, in step E317-11, the continuous announcement scenario determination table is referred to and the preview scenario for the look-ahead effect rendering is determined. is determined and set in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-RAM 130c.

In step E317-12, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the continuous announcement type for executing the anticipatory vibration effect has been determined. If the pre-reading vibration effect is not to be executed, the process proceeds to step E317-14, and if the pre-reading vibration effect is to be executed, in step E317-13, the continuous notice scenario determination table is referred to and the pre-reading vibration effect notice scenario is determined. is determined and set in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-RAM 130c.

The sub CPU 130a determines in step E317-14 whether or not the continuous announcement type for executing the look-ahead zone effect has been determined. If the look-ahead zone effect is not to be executed, the current continuous notice effect determination processing is terminated, and if the look-ahead zone effect is to be executed, the continuous notice scenario determination table is referred to in step E317-15 to determine the look-ahead zone effect. The announcement scenario is determined and set in the pre-reading information storage area of the sub RAM 130c, and the current continuous announcement effect determination processing is terminated.

In step E317-16, the sub CPU 130a determines a non-notice scenario of the continuous announcement effect (notice scenario indicating that the continuous announcement effect will not be executed), sets it in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub RAM 130c, and sets the current continuous announcement effect. End decision processing.

The advance notice scenario or non-advanced scenario set in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-RAM 130c is referred to in the continuous advance notice effect execution processing of step E324 described above, and the processing for executing the continuous notice effect or the continuous notice effect is executed. processing is performed to prevent

(Continuous notice type determination table)
FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a continuous announcement type determination table referred to for determining the continuous announcement type.

As shown in FIG. 43, in the continuous announcement type determination table, the look-ahead designation command (scheduled variation pattern), the selection rate (%) of each continuous announcement type, and the continuous announcement type to be selected are associated with each other. The types include "non-execution" that does not execute the continuous notice effect, "prefetching action effect" that executes one of a plurality of types of continuous notice effects, "prefetching effect effect", "prefetching vibration effect", and "prefetching effect". "zone performance", "prefetching effect performance & foresight vibration performance", and "forereading motion performance & foresight zone performance" in which two of a plurality of types of continuous advance notice performances are executed are provided.

For example, if the look-ahead designation command (scheduled variation pattern) is a loss and the SP reach effect is executed, 85% determines "non-execution", 5% determines "look-ahead effect effect", 4% decides "look-ahead action effect", 3% decides "look-ahead vibration effect", 2% decides "look-ahead zone effect", 1% decides "look-ahead effect effect & look-ahead vibration effect" be done.

The first feature of the continuous notice type determination table shown in FIG. 43 is that the result of the advance determination specified by the scheduled variation pattern is more continuous when it is a special loss (shorter time) than when it is a normal loss. One of the points is that the advance notice effect is easily executed. By doing so, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the occurrence of the first special time saving state as a special loss (time saving), and to improve the amusement of the game.

The second feature of the continuous notice type determination table shown in FIG. 43 is that the continuous notice is better when the result of the advance determination specified by the scheduled variation pattern is a special loss (shorter time) than when it is a big hit. One of the problems is that it is difficult to execute the production. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the feeling of loss when the player does not get a big win despite his expectations and ends up with a special loss (reduced time), and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. .

In addition, compared to the case where the result of the preliminary judgment specified by the scheduled variation pattern is a special loss (shorter time), it is a normal loss in which a reach performance with a relatively high expectation of a big hit such as SPSP reach performance or SP reach performance is executed. It may be so arranged that the continuous announcement effect is more likely to be executed in some cases. By doing so, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for the ready-to-win effect with a relatively high degree of expectation for the big win, and to improve the interest in the game.

(Production mode update processing of production control unit)
The production mode update processing of the production control unit 130m will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 44 is a flow chart showing the effect mode update processing in the effect control section 130m.

In step E600-1, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the game has transitioned from the jackpot game to the variable probability game state. If the probability variation gaming state is not shifted, the process is moved to step E600-3, and if the probability variation gaming state is shifted, in step E600-2, the production mode K1 is set as a new production mode, and step Processing is transferred to E600-14. In addition, the effect mode K1 is a variable probability initial mode that is set first when shifting to the variable probability game state.

In step E600-3, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the game has transitioned from the jackpot game to the time-saving game state (normal time-saving state). If the time-saving game state (ordinary time-saving state) has not been entered, the process is moved to step E600-4, and if the time-saving game state (normal time-saving state) has been entered, the process is moved to step E600-5.

The sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the normal game state (non-time saving state) has shifted to the time saving game state (first special time saving state, second special time saving state) in step E600-4. If not transitioned to the time-saving game state (first special time-saving state, second special time-saving state), the process is moved to step E600-6, time-saving game state (first special time-saving state, second special time-saving state) , the process moves to step E600-5.

The sub CPU 130a sets the effect mode J1 as a new effect mode in step E600-5, and shifts the process to step E600-14. In addition, the production mode J1 is a time saving initial mode that is set first when shifting to the time saving game state (normal time saving state, first special time saving state, second special time saving state).

Sub CPU130a, in step E600-6, determines whether or not the time-saving game state (normal time-saving state, first special time-saving state, second special time-saving state) has transitioned to the normal game state (non-time-saving state). When not shifting to the normal game state, the processing is moved to step E600-8, and when shifting to the normal game state, in step E600-7, the production mode T0 is set as a new production mode, and step E600-7. Processing is transferred to E600-14. In addition, the production mode T0 is a special production mode after the time reduction when the normal game state is shifted from the time reduction game state, and when the normal time reduction state is transferred, or when the first special time reduction state is transferred. It is set irrespective of whether it is transferred from the second special time saving state.

In step E600-8, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the variable effect has been started. If the fluctuation production has not started, the production mode update process of this time is terminated assuming that the production mode is not updated, and if the fluctuation production is started, in step E600-9, the production mode of this time A mode stay counter for counting the number of variable performances executed in is updated by +1.

In step E600-10, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the value of the mode stay counter is greater than a predetermined value (eg 10). If it is not larger than the predetermined value, the effect mode updating process is terminated assuming that the effect mode is not updated, and if it is larger than the predetermined value, the process proceeds to step E600-11.

The sub CPU 130a executes mode change lottery processing in step E600-11. Specifically, a random number value for mode change is acquired, and this random number value for mode change is collated with a mode change lottery table (not shown) to draw a lottery as to whether or not to update the presentation mode.

In step E600-12, the sub CPU 130a determines whether or not the mode change lottery has been won. If the mode change lottery has not been won, the production mode update process is terminated assuming that the production mode is not updated, and if the mode change lottery has been won, the current game is played in step E600-13. A production mode different from the current one corresponding to the state is determined and set. Specifically, if it is a normal game state, any of the production modes T1 to T3 is determined, if it is a variable probability game state, one of the production modes K1 to K2 is determined, and if it is a time-saving game state, One of the production modes J1 to J2 is determined.

At step E600-14, the sub CPU 130a clears the value of the mode stay counter to 0 because the effect mode has been updated, sets the effect mode update command in the transmission buffer at step E600-15, and performs the current effect mode update process. exit. As a result, the effect mode update command is transmitted to the display control unit 140 and the lamp control unit 150, and the effect corresponding to the effect mode corresponding to the effect mode update command is executed.

In this way, when the time-saving game state shifts to the normal game state, regardless of whether the time-saving game state was the normal time-saving state, the first special time-saving state, or the second special time-saving state, only after the time-saving A production mode T0, which is a mode, is set. Therefore, it is possible to surely let the player know that the time-saving game state has ended without the player being conscious of which type of time-saving state the normal game state has started, and to improve the amusement of the game. becomes possible.

(Example of production when normal working hours are reduced)
FIG. 45 is an example of an effect when the jackpot game is executed in the normal game state and the normal time saving state occurs.

First, as shown in FIG. 45(a), the effect mode T1 corresponding to the normal game state is set, and the mode T1 background image corresponding to the effect mode is displayed. In addition, a losing performance symbol 70a is stopped and displayed in a first display mode (composed of a number image SG, a character image CG, and a symbol effect image ZE) corresponding to the normal game state, and a losing special symbol TZ is displayed. It is assumed that it is displayed in a specific mode (numeric image + small size). Further, since the first pending number is "3", "3" is displayed in the first pending number display area 70E, and a red icon, a white icon and a blue icon are displayed in the first pending icon display area 70B. there is At this time, the BGM corresponding to the production mode T1 is output at an audible volume.

Then, when the first reservation number is subtracted to "2" and the first special symbol jackpot variation display is started, as shown in FIG. 45(b), the first reservation number display area 70E becomes "2" Along with being updated, the shift display of the pending icon toward the icon display area 70C is started, and furthermore, the variable effect is started and the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display.

After that, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 45(c), the left and right performance symbols 70a are temporarily stopped at "8", and the normal ready-to-win performance is started. At this time, the BGM corresponding to the presentation mode T1 is muted and the normal reach BGM is audibly output.

Further, when the normal ready-to-win effect time elapses, the development effect is executed, and the SP ready-to-win effect is started as shown in FIG. 45(d). At this time, the effect pattern 70a is switched to the second display mode (only the number image SG) and displayed in a reduced size at the top of the screen, and the first pending icon display area 70B is hidden together with the white icon and the blue icon. Also, instead of normal reach BGM, SP reach BGM is audibly output.

After that, when the SP ready-to-win effect time elapses, the development effect is executed, and the SPSP ready-to-win effect is started as shown in FIG. 45(e). At this time, the effect pattern 70a is displayed in a very small size in the upper left corner of the screen while remaining in the second display mode, and the icon display area 70C is hidden together with the red icon. In addition, SPSP reach BGM is audibly output instead of SP reach BGM.

Then, as a result of execution of the above-described operation decision performance at the end of the SPSP ready-to-win performance, when the decision success performance is executed, the performance pattern 70a returned to the normal size is temporarily stopped in the jackpot mode "888". After that, when an eye-catching effect suggesting that the effect pattern 70a is stopped and displayed (effect of displaying an image that shields the effect pattern 70a and then erasing it) is executed, the temporarily stopped effect pattern 70a is displayed first. Return to the display mode. Further, the red icon is redisplayed in the icon display area 70C, and the white icon and the blue icon are redisplayed in the first reserved icon display area 70B. In addition, the SPSP reach BGM is in a state where the output is stopped from the time the operation decision effect is executed.

Then, when the fluctuation time elapses and the special jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The red icon redisplayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

After that, when the opening of the jackpot game is started, as shown in FIG. The icon and the blue icon are hidden together, and a right-handed hitting notification for instructing right-handed hitting is executed. Specifically, a right-handed large image MUD and a right-handed small image MUS are displayed, and a voice saying "Right-handed!" is output. Also, an opening production BGM is audibly output. Then, after a predetermined time has passed, the right-handed large image MUD is erased. The right-handed large image MUD, the right-handed small image MUS, and the voice of "Right-handed!"

Further, when the round game is started, as shown in FIG. 45(h), the round effect screen is displayed, and the round effect BGM is audibly output instead of the opening effect BGM. After that, round games and intervals are repeated until the final round.

Then, when the final round game is completed and the ending is started, as shown in FIG. Background music is audibly output. In addition, a normal time-saving rush effect for notifying (suggesting) that the normal time-saving state is started and an attention-calling effect for calling the player's attention are executed.

Specifically, in the normal time-saving performance, a character image of "time-saving rush" is displayed, and a voice of "time-saving rush!" is output. In the attention-calling effect, a first attention-calling image NB of "Please be careful not to get addicted to the game" for calling attention not to become too addicted to the game, and a memory in which the value of the player is stored by pressing the return button 20b. A second warning image CB of "Be careful not to forget to remove the card" is displayed to warn the user of forgetting to remove the medium (IC card, etc.).

After that, when the ending is completed and the normal time saving state is started in a state where there is a pending memory, as shown in FIG. be done. In addition, the production pattern 70a of the second display mode consisting of a number image and the special pattern TZ of the specific mode are redisplayed, and the remaining number of times NK (here, 100 times) which is the number of times of variable display that can be executed in the normal time saving state. is displayed. In addition, the first reservation icon display area 70B (including the white icon and the blue icon) corresponding to the first reservation on the non-priority side due to the time saving state maintains the non-display state, and the second reservation on the priority side A corresponding second pending icon display area 70D is displayed. At this time, the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 is output with an audible volume.

Then, since the second reservation number is "0" at the start of the normal time saving state, when the first reservation number is subtracted to "1" and the variable display of the first special symbol is started, the first reservation number The display area 70E is updated to "1". In addition, the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the suspended icon from the first suspended icon display area 70B (the white icon in the first suspended icon display area 70B is the white icon Is displayed. Further, the variable effect is started, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "99 times".

After that, after the production design 70a is temporarily stopped, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special design is stopped and displayed, the production design 70a and the special design TZ are permanently stopped and redisplayed in the icon display area 70C. white icon is erased. Then, if the second reservation number remains "0", the first reservation number is subtracted to "0", the first special symbol variable display is started, and the first reservation number display area 70E is "0". is updated to In addition, the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the suspended icon from the first suspended icon display area 70B (the blue icon in the first suspended icon display area 70B is the white icon Is displayed. Further, the variable effect is started, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "98 times".

On the other hand, when there is the second reservation number at the start of the normal time saving state, the second reservation number is subtracted without subtracting the first reservation number, and the variable display of the second special symbol is started. Then, while the second pending number display area 70F is updated by subtracting 1, the shift display of the pending icon displayed in the second pending icon display area toward the icon display area 70C is started, and furthermore, the fluctuation effect is started and the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner.

Here, an example is shown where there is a pending memory at the start of the normal time-saving state shifted from the jackpot game, but in the case of a customer waiting state with no pending memory, the first pending number display in FIG. 45 (j) The state where the area 70E is "0" is maintained, and the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 is muted when a predetermined time elapses. Further, when a predetermined time has passed, the customer waiting demonstration effect is started.

In this way, when the normal time saving state is generated, the normal time saving rush effect is executed during the ending of the jackpot game. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the normal time saving state will occur, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the normal time saving state is generated, the right hitting notification (the display of the right hitting small image MUS) is performed from before the normal working time saving state occurs (the right hitting notification is not newly performed). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from suffering a disadvantage due to hitting to the left when the normal time-saving state occurs, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, when generating the normal time-saving state, a performance mode J1 corresponding to the time-saving state is set according to the ending of the jackpot game regardless of whether or not there is a reserved memory, and a background image corresponding to the performance mode J1 is displayed. It is designed to display. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the time saving state has occurred, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the normal time saving state is generated, the normal time saving rush effect is executed in a state where the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ are not displayed. Therefore, it is possible to digest the time-saving state with a new feeling without worrying about the result of the previous variable presentation, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, when the normal time saving state is generated, after performing the attention calling effect (displaying the first attention calling image NB, displaying the second attention calling image CB) for calling the player's attention, the time saving state is performed. Effect (change of background image, display of remaining number of times NK, notification of hitting to the right, variable effect according to time-saving state, output of BGM corresponding to effect mode J1, etc.) is performed. Therefore, it is possible to effectively call the player's attention.

Also, at the start of the normal time-saving state, even in the case of a customer waiting state with no pending memory, the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 for the time-saving state is audibly output, but is muted after a predetermined period of time. audible output is turned off). Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the performance effect is drastically reduced immediately even in the customer waiting state with no reservation memory, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

When the player is in a customer waiting state at the start of the normal time-saving state shifted from the jackpot game, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode J1 may be muted without audibly outputting. In this case, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode J1 may be audibly output when the variable performance is started by the reservation memory generated by the winning of the game ball in the starting port from the customer waiting state.

In addition, although the attention calling effect is performed during the ending of the jackpot game, the attention calling effect may be performed from the ending of the jackpot game to the normal time saving state, or immediately after the start of the normal time saving state ( During the first fluctuation effect), the attention calling effect may be performed, or the first attention calling image NB and the second attention calling image CB may be displayed in order in the attention calling effect (which one comes first)? ).

(Example of production when the normal working hours state ends)
FIG. 46 is an example of an effect when the normal time-saving state generated after the end of the jackpot game ends.

First, it is assumed that the performance mode J2 corresponding to the time-saving game state is set, the mode J2 background image corresponding to the performance mode J2 is displayed, and the BGM corresponding to the performance mode J2 is audibly output. Further, since the second pending number is "3", "3" is displayed in the second pending number display area 70F, and three white icons are displayed in the second pending icon display area 70D. .

Here, when the second reservation number is subtracted to "2" and the number of times of time saving is left three times, the second special symbol losing variation display is started, as shown in FIG. 46 (a), the second reservation The number display area 70F is updated to "2", and shift display of the pending icon toward the icon display area 70C is started. Further, the variable effect is started, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "3 times". At this time, a countdown effect (emphasis effect) for emphasizing the remaining number of times of time saving is started over the variable effect which is the final time of the time saving state. Specifically, since the number of times of remaining time saving is 3, the image of "3 remaining" is displayed and the voice of "3" is output.

After that, when the game ball wins the second starting port 47 and the second reservation number increases to "3", the second reservation number display area 70F is updated to "3", and the second reservation icon display area 70D is white. An additional icon is displayed.

Furthermore, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Then, when the second reservation number is subtracted to "2" and the number of times of time saving is left 2 times and the second special symbol losing variation display is started, as shown in FIG. 46(c), the second reservation number The display area 70F is updated to "2", and shift display of the pending icon toward the icon display area 70C is started. Furthermore, the variable performance is started, the performance symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "twice". At this time, as a countdown effect, an image of "2 left" is displayed and a sound of "2" is output.

After that, when the game ball wins the second starting port 47 and the second reservation number increases to "3", the second reservation number display area 70F is updated to "3", and the second reservation icon display area 70D is white. An additional icon is displayed.

Furthermore, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Then, when the second reservation number is subtracted to "2" and the number of times of time saving is left one time, the second special symbol losing variation display is started, as shown in FIG. 46(e), the second reservation number The display area 70F is updated to "2", and shift display of the pending icon toward the icon display area 70C is started. Further, the variable performance is started, the performance symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "1 time". At this time, as a countdown effect, an image of "1 remaining" is displayed and a voice of "1" is output.

After that, when the game ball wins the second starting port 47 and the second reservation number increases to "3", the second reservation number display area 70F is updated to "3", and the second reservation icon display area 70D is white. An additional icon is displayed.

Furthermore, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Then, when the second reserved number is subtracted to "2" and the number of times of time saving becomes 0 remaining times, the second special symbol's loss variation display (result variation effect) is started, as shown in FIG. 46 (g). , the second pending number display area 70F is updated to "2", and shift display of pending icons toward the icon display area 70C is started. Further, the variable performance is started, the performance symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "0". At this time, as a countdown effect, the "last" image is displayed and the "last" sound is output.

After a predetermined period of time has elapsed, the icon TI in the icon display area 70C and the pending icon HI in the second pending icon display area 70D are hidden as shown in FIG. is done. Specifically, the result background image is displayed, the characters "game result" indicating that the result is a series of advantageous intervals, the characters "BONUS x 2" indicating the number of jackpots in the series of advantageous intervals, and "TOTAL 2500pt" indicating the total number of payouts (total number of prize balls) based on winnings to the winning openings excluding the starting opening in the series of advantageous sections is displayed, and furthermore, as a setting suggestion effect for suggesting the current setting value, A setting suggestion image SS including the character "good luck" is displayed. Also, instead of the BGM corresponding to the effect mode J2, the BGM corresponding to the result display is audibly output.

Then, when the result display ends, the effect symbol 70a of the normal size and returned to the first display mode is displayed in a temporarily stopped state in the losing mode ("481"), and the icon TI and the icon TI in the icon display area 70C The pending icon HI in the second pending icon display area 70D is displayed again. At this time, the BGM corresponding to the result display is not output.

Then, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The white icon redisplayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

After that, when the normal game state is started after the stop time of the special symbols has passed, the performance mode T0, which is a performance mode dedicated to shortening the working hours, is set, and the mode T0 background image corresponding to the performance mode T0 is displayed. Also, BGM corresponding to the presentation mode T0 is audibly output.

Further, when the first reserved number is subtracted to "1" and the variable display of the first special symbol is started, as shown in FIG. 46(j), the second reserved number display area 70F is updated to "1". At the same time, shift display of the pending icon toward the icon display area 70C is started. In addition, the variable effect is started, and the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the left-hand hitting notification for instructing the left-hand hitting is executed. Specifically, the left-handed large image HUD is displayed, and the sound of "left-handed!" is audibly output. Note that the left-handed large image HUD and the voice of "Left-handed!"

Here, an example is shown in which there is a reservation memory (second reservation number) at the start of the normal game state, but if there is no reservation memory and the customer is waiting, the left-handed notification will not be executed. In addition, the BGM corresponding to the presentation mode T0 audibly output at the start of the normal game state is muted after a predetermined time elapses. In addition, if there is no reserved memory at the start of the normal game state and it is in a customer waiting state, even if a variable effect is executed by the newly entering game ball in the starting port, the reserved memory is generated. The left-handed information is not executed during the variable production.

Thus, in the normal time saving state, when the number of times remaining in the normal time saving state reaches a predetermined number (three times in this case), a countdown effect (emphasis effect) for emphasizing the remaining number of times of time saving is executed. Therefore, it is possible to arouse the player's frustration with the end of the time-saving state, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, when the normal time saving state ends, a result display that displays the result of the game in a series of advantageous sections in which the state advantageous to the player continues with the jackpot game from the normal game state called so-called first hit as a trigger. is to be carried out. Therefore, it is possible to give the player a sense of accomplishment and satisfaction, and to improve the interest in the game.

In addition, when the normal time saving state ends, a setting suggestion effect for suggesting the current setting value is executed. Therefore, the player can obtain an index as to whether or not to continue playing the game, and it is possible to improve the interest in the game.

In addition, when the normal time saving state ends, the production pattern 70a is changed from the second display mode (only the number image) to the first display mode (number image SG, character image CG, pattern effect image ZE), while special The pattern TZ does not change the display mode. Therefore, it is possible to generate the normal game state while avoiding the inconvenience that it is difficult for the player to grasp the result of the immediately preceding variable performance, thereby making it possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, at the start of the normal game state shifted from the normal time saving state, a performance mode T0, which is a performance mode dedicated to short working hours, is set, and a background image corresponding to the performance mode T0 is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to make the player understand that the time saving state has ended, and to encourage the continuation of the game by giving a special feeling that it has shifted to the production mode dedicated to the time saving, thereby improving the interest of the game. becomes.

Also, at the start of the normal game state that has shifted from the normal time-saving state, if there is a pending memory, left-handed notification (display of left-handed large image HUD, audible output of sound of "left-handed!") Is performed, In the case of a customer waiting state with no pending memory, left-handed information is not performed. Therefore, unnecessary control can be avoided, and the control load can be reduced.

In addition, at the start of the normal game state that has shifted from the normal time-saving state, even if it is a customer waiting state with no reservation memory, BGM corresponding to the production mode T0 dedicated to time-saving omission is audibly output. It is designed to be muted (audible output is stopped) when the period elapses. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the performance effect is drastically reduced immediately even in the customer waiting state with no reservation memory, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

If the player is in a customer waiting state at the start of the normal game state shifted from the normal time saving state, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode T0 may be muted without audibly outputting. In this case, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode T0 may be audibly output when the variable performance is started by the reservation memory generated by the winning of the game ball in the starting port from the customer waiting state. In addition, left-handed notification (display of left-handed large image HUD, audible output of voice saying "left-handed!") may be performed.

(Example of production when the first special time saving state occurs)
FIG. 47 is an example of an effect in the case where a special loss (time saving) is won in a normal game state and a first special time saving state occurs.

First, as shown in FIG. 47(a), an effect mode T1 corresponding to the normal game state is set, and a mode T1 background image corresponding to the effect mode T1 is displayed. In addition, the production pattern 70a that becomes a failure is stopped and displayed in the first display mode (composed of the number image SG, the character image CG, and the symbol effect image ZE), and the special symbol TZ that becomes a failure is displayed in a specific mode (number image + small size). Further, since the first pending number is "3", "3" is displayed in the first pending number display area 70E, and two blue icons and one red icon are displayed in the first pending icon display area 70B. ing. At this time, the BGM corresponding to the production mode T1 is output at an audible volume.

Then, when the first reserved number is subtracted to "2" and the special loss (time saving) variable display of the first special symbol is started, as shown in FIG. 47(b), the first reserved number display area 70E Along with being updated to "2", the shift display of the pending icon toward the icon display area 70C is started, and furthermore, the variable performance (chance variable performance) is started and the performance symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ are variable performance. to start.

After that, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 47(c), the left and right production patterns 70a are temporarily stopped at "8", and the normal ready-to-win production is started. At this time, the BGM corresponding to the presentation mode T1 is muted and the normal reach BGM is audibly output.

Further, when the normal ready-to-win effect time elapses, the development effect is executed, and the chance effect is started as shown in FIG. 47(d). The effect symbol 70a is switched to the second display mode (only the number image SG) and displayed in a reduced size on the upper part of the screen, and a roulette display is performed in which a plurality of special effect symbols rotate. At this time, the chance presentation BGM is audibly output instead of the normal reach BGM.

In addition, a plurality of special effect patterns include a “BONUS” pattern, which is a jackpot effect pattern that suggests a big hit, a “help time” pattern that suggests that a special time-saving state will occur, and an SP reach effect. The "SP" symbol that suggests that the game will be lost, and the "loss" symbol, which is a normal loss effect symbol that suggests that the game will be lost, are included. It should be noted that the number and types of rotating special effect symbols are different according to the types of special effect symbols displayed as a result of the roulette display.

Then, as a result of the roulette display, the "help time" symbol is temporarily stopped, and an eye-catching effect suggesting that the effect symbol 70a is stopped and displayed (an effect of displaying an image that shields the effect symbol 70a and then erasing it) is performed. When executed, the left and right performance symbols 70a are displayed in the first display mode in the normal size and temporarily stopped so that the "help time" symbol is interposed therebetween. At this time, the chance effect BGM is muted.

Then, when the variable time has passed and the special losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The production pattern 70a is actually stopped by (special losing production pattern), and the special pattern TZ is really stopped by the first special time-saving rushing eye, which is a reach losing mode in which the middle pattern is "0", and the icon display area 70C. The displayed blue icon disappears.

Then, when the stop time of the special losing special symbol is started, as shown in FIG. While the symbol TZ is being displayed, a special time-saving rush effect is executed to inform (suggest) that the special time-saving state (here, the first special time-saving state) is started. In the special time-saving rush effect, a character image of "help time rush" is displayed, and a voice "help time rush" is output. However, unlike the execution of the normal time-saving rush production, the jackpot game is not passed, so the attention-calling production for calling the player's attention is not performed.

After that, when the stop time of the special losing special symbol elapses and the first special time saving state is started in a state where there is a pending memory, as shown in FIG. and the mode J1 background image corresponding to the effect mode J1 is displayed. In addition, the production pattern 70a of the second display mode consisting of the number image and the special pattern TZ are redisplayed, and the remaining number of times NK (here, 200 times), which is the number of times of variable display that can be executed in the first special time saving state. Is displayed. In addition, the first reservation icon display area 70B (including the blue icon and the red icon) corresponding to the first reservation on the non-prioritized side due to the time saving state maintains the non-display state, and the second reservation on the priority side A corresponding second pending icon display area 70D is displayed.

Also, the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 is output with an audible volume, and the right-hand hitting notification for instructing the right-hand hitting is executed. Specifically, a right-handed large image MUD and a right-handed small image MUS are displayed, and a voice saying "Right-handed!" is audibly output. The right-handed large image MUD, the right-handed small image MUS, and the voice of "Right-handed!"

Then, since the second reservation number is "0" at the start of the first special time saving state, when the first reservation number is subtracted to "1" and the first special symbol loss fluctuation display is started, the figure As shown in 47(h), the first pending number display area 70E is updated to "1". In addition, the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the suspended icon from the first suspended icon display area 70B (the blue icon in the first suspended icon display area 70B is the white icon Is displayed.

Further, the variable performance is started, the performance symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "199 times". Then, after a predetermined time has passed, the right-handed large image MUD is erased. In addition, even when the first special time-saving state occurs in the middle of the continuous announcement performance, the continuous announcement performance ends.

After that, after the production design 70a is temporarily stopped, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special design is stopped and displayed, the production design 70a and the special design TZ are permanently stopped and redisplayed in the icon display area 70C. white icon is erased. Then, if the second reservation number remains "0", the first reservation number is subtracted to "0", the first special symbol variable display is started, and the first reservation number display area 70E is "0". is updated to In addition, the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the pending icon from the first pending icon display area 70B (the red icon in the first pending icon display area 70B is the white icon. Is displayed. Furthermore, the variable effect is started, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "198 times".

On the other hand, when there is a second reservation number at the start of the first special time saving state, the second reservation number is subtracted without subtracting the first reservation number, and the variable display of the second special symbol is started. Then, while the second pending number display area 70F is updated by subtracting 1, the shift display of the pending icon displayed in the second pending icon display area toward the icon display area 70C is started, and furthermore, the fluctuation effect is started and the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner.

Here, an example is shown where there is a pending memory at the start of the first special time saving state, but in the case of a customer waiting state with no pending memory, the first pending number display area 70E is "0" and the right A right-hand shot notification is performed by displaying a right-hand shot small image MUS (the display of the right-hand shot large image MUD and the sound output of "Right shot!" are not executed).

Then, when a predetermined time has passed, the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 is muted. It should be noted that when the first special time-saving state is in a customer waiting state with no pending memory at the start of the first special time saving state, even if the variable effect is executed by the new winning of the game ball in the starting port, the pending memory is generated. , the display of the right-handed large image MUD and the voice output of "Right-handed!"

In this way, when the first special time saving state is generated, a special losing effect pattern (first special time saving rushing eye including "help time" pattern) different from the normal losing effect pattern is stopped and displayed. ing. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the first special time saving state occurs, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the first special time-saving state is generated, the special time-saving rush performance is executed after the special losing performance symbol (first special time-saving rushing pattern) is stopped (during stop display). Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the special time saving state will occur, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

Also, when generating the first special time-saving state, after the stop display of the special losing effect pattern (first special time-saving rushing eye) (after the stop time has elapsed) Right-handed notification (right-handed large image MUD and right-handed Display of small image MUS, voice output of "Right shot!") are performed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by hitting left when the first special time-saving state occurs, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

Also, when generating the first special time-saving state, after the stop display of the special losing production pattern (first special time-saving rushing eye) (after the stop time has elapsed), the production mode J1 according to the time-saving state is set. , the background image corresponding to the effect mode J1 is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the time saving state has occurred, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Also, when generating the first special time saving state, the background image corresponding to the performance mode J1 is displayed in a state where the first special time saving rushing eye (here, special symbol TZ) is displayed. Therefore, the background image can inform the player that the time-saving state has occurred, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, when generating the first special time saving state, the special time saving rush effect is executed in a state where the first special time saving rush eye (here special symbol TZ) is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to generate a time-saving state in a state in which the player can grasp the result of the immediately preceding variable performance, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when generating the first special time saving state, the time saving state without performing the attention calling effect (display of the first attention calling image NB, display of the second attention calling image CB) for calling attention to the player Effect (change of background image, display of remaining number of times NK, notification of hitting to the right, variable effect according to time saving state, output of BGM corresponding to effect mode J1, etc.) is performed accordingly. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the player feels annoyed at the start of the first special time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Moreover, when generating the first special time saving state, while changing the production pattern 70a from the first display mode (number image SG, character image CG, pattern effect image ZE) to the second display mode (only the number image), The special pattern TZ does not change the display mode. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that it is difficult for the player to grasp the result of the immediately preceding variable performance, thereby generating a time-saving state and improving the amusement of the game.

In addition, when the first special time-saving state is generated, the starting condition of the second special symbol is likely to be established (the winning of the second starting port 47 is facilitated), the first special that is not prioritized over the second special symbol When the look-ahead effect (icon change effect, continuous notice effect, etc.) corresponding to the pattern is executed, the execution of the look-ahead effect is terminated. As a result, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that a game method advantageous to the advantageous player can be determined from the look-ahead effect, and it is possible to secure the profit balance between the game parlor side and the player.

Also, at the start of the first special time-saving state, if there is a pending memory, a right-handed small image MUS and a right-handed large image MUD suggesting right handedness are displayed, and the sound of "Right handedness!" Is audible. In the case of a customer waiting state without a special figure hold, the right-handed small image MUS is displayed, while the right-handed large image MUD is not displayed, and the sound of "right-handed!" It has become. Therefore, unnecessary control can be avoided, and the control load can be reduced.

Also, at the start of the first special time-saving state, even in the case of a customer waiting state without holding memory, the background image corresponding to the production mode J1 for the time-saving state is displayed, and the production mode J1 is supported. BGM is audibly output, but the BGM is muted (audible output is stopped) after a predetermined period of time has elapsed. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the performance effect is drastically reduced immediately even in the customer waiting state with no reservation memory, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, although the first special time-saving entry pattern (special loss production pattern) was set to a reach loss mode including the “help time” pattern, it may be only the “help time” pattern, or the “help time” pattern may be used. A predetermined combination (such as a chance eye with an odd-numbered symbol such as "357") may be used.

In addition, after the stop display of the special losing effect pattern (first special time saving rushing eye), the special time saving rush effect is executed, but after the special losing effect pattern is temporarily stopped, the special time saving rush effect is executed. Alternatively, a special time-saving rush performance may be executed from the temporary stop of the special losing performance pattern to after the stop display, or a special time-saving rush performance may be executed at the start of the variable performance after the occurrence of the special time-saving state. You may make it

In addition, the special losing performance pattern 70a is hidden to execute the special time-saving rush performance, and then the background image corresponding to the performance mode J1 is displayed, but the special losing performance pattern 70a remains visibly displayed. , You may make it display the background image corresponding to the production|presentation mode J1 by performing special time-saving rush production|presentation.

Moreover, when it is in the customer waiting state at the start of the first special time saving state, the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 may be muted without audibly outputting. In this case, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode J1 should be audibly output when the variable performance is started by the reservation memory generated by the new entry of the game ball into the starting hole from the customer waiting state. Alternatively, a right-handed large image MUD may be displayed and a voice saying "Right-handed!" may be output.

Moreover, you may make it not change production mode at the time of the start of a 1st special time saving state. In this case, if it is not in the customer waiting state, a special time-saving entry performance is executed to display a right-handed small image MUS and a right-handed large image MUD image suggesting right handedness, and the BGM corresponding to the performance mode is continued as it is, If it is in a state of waiting for a customer, a time-saving suggesting effect is executed to display a right-handed small image MUS suggesting right-handed hitting, and the BGM corresponding to the effect mode is continued as it is, and after a predetermined time elapses, the BGM is muted. can be

(Example of production when the second special time saving state occurs)
FIG. 48 is an example of an effect when the second special time-saving state occurs when the variable display of the special symbols reaches the specified number of times in the normal game state.

First, as shown in FIG. 48(a), an effect mode T1 corresponding to the normal game state is set, and a mode T1 background image corresponding to the effect mode T1 is displayed. In addition, the production pattern 70a that becomes a failure is stopped and displayed in the first display mode (composed of the number image SG, the character image CG, and the symbol effect image ZE), and the special symbol TZ that becomes a failure is displayed in a specific mode (number image + small size). Further, since the first pending number is "3", "3" is displayed in the first pending number display area 70E, and a white icon, a blue icon and a red icon are displayed in the first pending icon display area 70B. there is At this time, the BGM corresponding to the production mode T1 is output at an audible volume.

Then, the first holding number is subtracted to "2", and the special symbol variation becomes the specified number of times (800 times) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (executing the RWM clear, clearing the number of fluctuations to 0 based on the end of the jackpot game). When the display (loss variation display of the first special symbol) is started, as shown in FIG. A shift display toward the area 70C is started, and furthermore, a normal variable effect is started, and the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display.

After that, when a predetermined period of time elapses, as shown in FIG. 48(c), the left and right production patterns 70a are temporarily stopped, and a reduction in working hours suggesting production that suggests the possibility of occurrence of a special reduction in working hours state is executed. Specifically, the "help time" pattern, which is a special effect pattern that suggests that a special time saving state occurs in the central effect pattern 70a, scrolls at a low speed, and an effect is performed to incite whether to stop temporarily. will be

Then, as a result of the time-saving suggestion production, the "help time" pattern is temporarily stopped, and when the fluctuation time passes and the normal losing special pattern is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The production pattern 70a is actually stopped by the second special time-saving rushing pattern (special losing production pattern), which is a losing mode including the "help time" pattern, and the second special time-saving rushing out, which is a losing mode where the middle pattern is "0". The special symbol TZ is actually stopped by the eye, and the white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Then, when the stop time of the special symbol is started, as shown in FIG. 48(e), the effect symbol 70a and the first reserved icon display area 70B are hidden together with the blue icon and the red icon, but the special symbol TZ is displayed, a special time-saving rush effect is executed to inform (suggest) that the special time-saving state (here, the second special time-saving state) is started. In the special time-saving rush effect, a character image of "help time rush" is displayed, and a voice "help time rush" is output. However, unlike the execution of the normal time-saving rush production, the jackpot game is not passed, so the attention-calling production for calling the player's attention is not performed.

After that, when the stop time of the normal losing special pattern has passed, and the second special time saving state is started in a state where there is a pending memory, the production mode J1 corresponding to the time saving state is set as shown in FIG. and the mode J1 background image corresponding to the effect mode J1 is displayed. In addition, the production pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ of the second display mode consisting of the number image are redisplayed, and the remaining number of times NK (here, 600 times) which is the number of times of variable display that can be executed in the second special time saving state is Is displayed. In addition, the first reservation icon display area 70B (including the blue icon and the red icon) corresponding to the first reservation on the non-prioritized side due to the time saving state maintains the non-display state, and the second reservation on the priority side A corresponding second pending icon display area 70D is displayed.

Also, the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 is output with an audible volume, and the right-hand hitting notification for instructing the right-hand hitting is executed. Specifically, a right-handed large image MUD and a right-handed small image MUS are displayed, and a voice saying "Right-handed!" is audibly output. The right-handed large image MUD, the right-handed small image MUS, and the voice of "Right-handed!"

Then, since the second reservation number is "0" at the start of the second special time saving state, when the first reservation number is subtracted to "1" and the first special symbol loss fluctuation display is started, the figure As shown in 48(g), the first pending number display area 70E is updated to "1". The icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the suspended icon from the first suspended icon display area 70B (the blue icon in the first suspended icon display area 70B is displayed as a white icon) be done.

Further, the variable effect is disclosed, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "599 times". Then, after a predetermined time has passed, the right-handed large image MUD is erased. In addition, even when the continuous advance notice effect is in progress before the occurrence of the second special time saving state, the continuous notice effect is terminated.

After that, after the production design 70a is temporarily stopped, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special design is stopped and displayed, the production design 70a and the special design TZ are permanently stopped and redisplayed in the icon display area 70C. white icon is erased. Then, if the second reservation number remains "0", the first reservation number is subtracted to "0", the first special symbol variable display is started, and the first reservation number display area 70E is "0". is updated to In addition, the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the pending icon from the first pending icon display area 70B (the red icon in the first pending icon display area 70B is the white icon. Is displayed. Furthermore, the variable effect is started, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "598 times".

On the other hand, when there is a second reservation number at the start of the first special time saving state, the second reservation number is subtracted without subtracting the first reservation number, and the variable display of the second special symbol is started. Then, while the second pending number display area 70F is updated by subtracting 1, the shift display of the pending icon displayed in the second pending icon display area toward the icon display area 70C is started, and furthermore, the fluctuation effect is started and the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner.

It should be noted that when the second special time saving state is in a customer waiting state with no pending memory at the start of the state, as shown in FIG. 48 (h), the first pending number display area 70E is "0", A right-hand shot notification is performed by displaying a right-hand shot small image MUS (the display of the right-hand shot large image MUD and the sound output of "Right shot!" are not executed).

Then, after a predetermined period of time has passed, the BGM corresponding to the effect mode J1 is muted as shown in FIG. 48(i). Furthermore, when a predetermined time has passed, a customer waiting demonstration effect is started. In addition, if there is no pending memory at the start of the second special time saving state and it is in a customer waiting state, even if a variable effect is executed by a new game ball entering the start port, pending memory is generated. , the display of the right-handed large image MUD and the voice output of "Right-handed!"

In this way, when the second special time saving state is generated, a special losing effect pattern (second special time saving rushing eye including "help time" pattern) different from the normal losing effect pattern is stopped and displayed. ing. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the second special time saving state will occur, and to improve the interest of the game.

Also, when generating the second special time-saving state, before the stop display of the special loss production pattern (second special time-saving rushing eye including the "help time" pattern) Effect to incite whether to temporarily stop) is executed. Therefore, it is possible to increase the expectation of the player as to whether or not the second special time-saving state will occur, and to improve the amusement of the game.

Also, when the second special time saving state is generated, the special loss production pattern (the second special time saving rush eye including the "help time" pattern) stops before the special time saving rush production has passed It has become. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the special time saving state will occur, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

Also, when generating the second special time-saving state, after the stop display of the special losing effect pattern (second special time-saving rushing eye) (after the stop time has elapsed) Right-handed notification (right-handed large image MUD and right-handed Display of small image MUS, voice output of "Right shot!") are performed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by hitting left when the second special time-saving state occurs, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Also, when generating the second special time-saving state, after the stop display of the special losing production pattern (second special time-saving rushing eye) (after the stop time has elapsed), the production mode J1 according to the time-saving state is set. , the background image corresponding to the effect mode J1 is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the time saving state has occurred, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Also, when generating the second special time saving state, the background image corresponding to the performance mode J1 is displayed while the second special time saving rushing eye (here, special symbol TZ) is displayed. Therefore, the background image can inform the player that the time-saving state has occurred, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, when generating the second special time-saving state, the special time-saving rush effect is executed in a state where the second special time-saving rushing eye (here, special symbol TZ) is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to generate a time-saving state in a state in which the player can grasp the result of the immediately preceding variable performance, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when generating the second special time saving state, the time saving state without performing the attention calling effect (display of the first attention calling image NB, display of the second attention calling image CB) for calling attention to the player Effect (change of background image, display of remaining number of times NK, notification of hitting to the right, variable effect according to time saving state, output of BGM corresponding to effect mode J1, etc.) is performed accordingly. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the player feels annoyed at the start of the second special time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Moreover, when generating the second special time saving state, while changing the production pattern 70a from the first display mode (number image SG, character image CG, pattern effect image ZE) to the second display mode (only the number image), The special pattern TZ does not change the display mode. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that it is difficult for the player to grasp the result of the immediately preceding variable performance, thereby generating a time-saving state and improving the amusement of the game.

In addition, when the second special time-saving state is generated, the starting condition of the second special symbol is likely to be established (the winning of the second start port 47 is facilitated), the first special that is not prioritized over the second special symbol When the look-ahead effect (icon change effect, continuous notice effect, etc.) corresponding to the pattern is executed, the execution of the look-ahead effect is terminated. As a result, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that a game method advantageous to the advantageous player can be determined from the look-ahead effect, and it is possible to secure the profit balance between the game parlor side and the player.

Also, at the start of the second special time-saving state, if there is a pending memory, a right-handed small image MUS and a right-handed large image MUD suggesting right handedness are displayed, and the sound of "right handedness!" Is audible. In the case of a customer waiting state with no pending memory, the right-handed small image MUS is displayed, while the right-handed large image MUD is not displayed, and the voice of "right-handed!" is not audibly output. It's becoming Therefore, unnecessary control can be avoided, and the control load can be reduced.

Further, at the start of the second special time saving state, even if it is a customer waiting state without special figure reservation, the background image corresponding to the production mode J1 for the time saving state is displayed, and the time saving state for The BGM corresponding to the effect mode J1 is audibly output, but the BGM is muted (the audible output is stopped) after a predetermined period of time has elapsed. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the performance effect is drastically reduced immediately even in the customer waiting state with no reservation memory, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, although the second special time-saving entry pattern (special loss production pattern) was set to a loss mode including the “help time” pattern, it may be only the “help time” pattern, or the “help time” pattern may be used. A predetermined combination (such as a chance eye with an even-numbered symbol such as “248”) may be used.

In addition, although the "help time" pattern was supposed to perform a time-saving suggestion production to temporarily stop or not, a special time-saving suggestion such as displaying a character that suggests the possibility that a special time-saving state may occur You may make it perform production|presentation.

In addition, after the stop display of the special losing effect pattern (second special time saving rushing eye), the special time saving rush effect is executed, but after the special losing effect pattern is temporarily stopped, the special time saving rush effect is executed. Alternatively, a special time-saving rush performance may be executed from the temporary stop of the special losing performance pattern to after the stop display, or a special time-saving rush performance may be executed at the start of the variable performance after the occurrence of the special time-saving state. You may make it

In addition, the special losing performance pattern 70a is hidden to execute the special time-saving rush performance, and then the background image corresponding to the performance mode J1 is displayed, but the special losing performance pattern 70a remains visibly displayed. , You may make it display the background image corresponding to the production|presentation mode J1 by performing special time-saving rush production|presentation.

Moreover, when it is in the customer waiting state at the start of the second special time saving state, the BGM corresponding to the production mode J1 may be muted without audibly outputting. In this case, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode J1 should be audibly output when the variable performance is started by the reservation memory generated by the new entry of the game ball into the starting hole from the customer waiting state. Alternatively, a right-handed large image MUD may be displayed and a voice saying "Right-handed!" may be output.

In addition, the number of fluctuation display (variation effect) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) to the occurrence of the second special time saving state is a predetermined number (for example, 5 times ), a countdown performance suggesting the occurrence of the second special time saving state may be executed by performing a countdown each time a variable display (variation performance) is executed. In this case, a production mode different from the countdown production that emphasizes the remaining number of times of saving time (such as changing the number display mode or outputting the count value in English) may be used.

In addition, when there is no reservation memory at the start of the second special time saving state and it is in a customer waiting state, the output of BGM corresponding to the original performance mode is continued without switching to the performance mode J1, and when a predetermined time elapses. The BGM may be muted, or the output of the BGM corresponding to the original presentation mode may be continued after switching to the presentation mode J1, and the BGM may be muted after a predetermined time elapses.

Moreover, you may make it not switch production modes at the time of the start of a 2nd special time saving state. In this case, if it is not in the customer waiting state, a special time-saving entry performance is executed to display a right-handed small image MUS and a right-handed large image MUD image suggesting right handedness, and the BGM corresponding to the performance mode is continued as it is, If it is in a state of waiting for a customer, a time-saving suggesting effect is executed to display a right-handed small image MUS suggesting right-handed hitting, and the BGM corresponding to the effect mode is continued as it is, and after a predetermined time elapses, the BGM is muted. can be

(Production example when the special time saving state ends)
FIG. 49 is an example of the effect when the special time saving state (first special time saving state, second special time saving state) ends.

First, as shown in FIG. 49(a), the effect mode J2 corresponding to the time-saving game state is set, the mode J2 background image is displayed, and the BGM corresponding to the effect mode J2 is audibly output. do. In addition, since the remaining number of times NK is "1 time" and the second reservation number is "3", "3" is displayed in the second reservation number display area 70F, and the second reservation icon display area 70D is displayed with three white icons.

Then, when the number of second reservations is subtracted to "2" and the number of times of time saving becomes 0 remaining times, the second special symbol losing variation display (special variation effect) is started, as shown in FIG. 49(b). , the second pending number display area 70F is updated to "2", and shift display of pending icons toward the icon display area 70C is started. Further, the variable performance is started, the performance symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "0". At this time, as a countdown effect, the "last" image is displayed and the "last" sound is output. In addition, this countdown effect is the same as that executed during the normal time saving state, and is executed from the variable effect when the remaining number of times of the special time saving state is "3 times".

After a predetermined period of time has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 49(c), the icon TI in the icon display area 70C and the pending icon HI in the second pending icon display area 70D are hidden, indicating whether the jackpot has been won. A special operation effect suggesting whether or not is executed. Specifically, a dedicated background image for a special operation effect is displayed, and a promotion effect is executed in which the effective period of the effect button 17 is generated and the operation of the effect button 17 is urged. Specifically, a promotion image consisting of a button image imitating the effect button 17 and a gauge image indicating the remaining time of the effective period is displayed, and a voice saying "Press!" is output.

In this state, when the effect button 17 is operated or the effective period elapses, as shown in FIG. 49(d), an effect suggesting a failure is executed. Specifically, a character image of "I'm sorry..." is displayed, and a sound effect "push~" is output. Then, the left, middle, and right three performance symbols 70a are temporarily stopped in the fail mode "481", and the icon TI in the icon display area 70C and the suspended icon HI in the second suspended icon display area 70D are displayed again.

Then, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The white icon redisplayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

After that, when the stop time of the special symbols has passed and the normal game state is started, as shown in FIG. A mode T0 background image is displayed. Also, BGM corresponding to the presentation mode T0 is audibly output.

Then, when the second reservation number is subtracted to "1" and the variable display of the second special symbol is started, as shown in FIG. 49(g), the second reservation number display area 70F is updated to "1". At the same time, shift display of the pending icon toward the icon display area 70C is started. In addition, the variable effect is started, and the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the left-hand hitting notification for instructing the left-hand hitting is executed. Specifically, a left-handed large image HUD suggesting left-handed hitting is displayed, and a voice saying "left-handed hitting!" is audibly output. Note that the left-handed large image HUD and the voice of "Left-handed!"

Here, an example is shown where there is a pending memory (second pending number) at the start of the normal game state, but if there is no pending memory and the customer is waiting, the left-handed notification will not be executed. When the time elapses, the BGM corresponding to the production mode T0 is muted. In addition, if there is no reservation memory (second reservation number) at the start of the normal game state and there is no customer waiting state, a new game ball enters the start port to generate a reservation memory and a variable effect is executed. Even if it is done, the left hitting information is not executed during the fluctuation production.

Thus, in the special time-saving state, when the number of remaining times of the special time-saving state reaches a predetermined number (three times in this case), a countdown performance (emphasis performance) for emphasizing the remaining number of times of time-saving is executed. Therefore, it is possible to arouse the player's frustration with the end of the special time saving state, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, in the normal game state, the remaining number of times until the number of times of fluctuation display reaches the specified number (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (executing RWM clear, 0 clearing of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) is predetermined Even if it becomes a number (here 3 times), in spite of not executing the countdown production (emphasis production), in the special time saving state, when the remaining number of times of the special time saving state becomes a predetermined number (here 3 times), the remaining A countdown effect (emphasis effect) that emphasizes the number of times of time saving is executed. Therefore, while giving surprise to the occurrence of the special time-saving state, it is possible to arouse the player's frustration about the end of the special time-saving state, and the contrast effect effectively enhances the interest of the game. can be improved.

In addition, when the special time saving state (especially the second special time saving state) ends, the result display for displaying the game results in the series of advantageous intervals is not performed. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the factor of disappointing the player that the result display is performed even though the big win game is not executed, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, when the special time saving state (first special time saving state, second special time saving state) ends, the setting suggestion performance for suggesting the current set value is not executed. As a result, it is possible to eliminate the factor that makes the player feel bad that the set value cannot be good even though the big winning game is not executed and the time saving state is reached, and the amusement of the game can be improved. Become.

Further, when the special time saving state ends, the production pattern 70a is changed from the second display mode (only the number image) to the first display mode (the number image SG, the character image CG, the pattern effect image ZE), while the special The pattern TZ does not change the display mode. Therefore, it is possible to generate the normal game state while avoiding the inconvenience that it is difficult for the player to grasp the result of the immediately preceding variable performance, thereby making it possible to improve the interest of the game.

Also, at the start of the normal game state shifted from the special time-saving state, a performance mode T0, which is a performance mode dedicated to time-saving omission, is set, and a background image corresponding to the performance mode T0 is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to let the player know that the time saving state has ended, and to give a special feeling that the game has shifted to the performance mode dedicated to the time saving, thereby improving the interest of the game.

In addition, at the start of the normal game state shifted from the special time-saving state, if there is a pending memory, a left-handed large image HUD that suggests left-handed is displayed, and the sound of "Left-handed!" Is audibly output. When the player is waiting for a customer with no pending memory, the left-handed large image HUD suggesting the left-handed shot is not displayed and the voice of "left-handed shot!" is not audibly output. Therefore, unnecessary control can be avoided, and the control load can be reduced.

Also, at the start of the normal game state that has shifted from the special time-saving state, even if it is a customer waiting state with no reservation memory, the BGM corresponding to the production mode T0 dedicated to time-saving omission is audibly output. It is designed to be muted (audible output is stopped) when the period elapses. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the performance effect is drastically reduced immediately even in the customer waiting state with no reservation memory, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, when the player is in a customer waiting state at the start of the normal game state shifted from the special time saving state, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode T0 may be muted without audibly outputting. In this case, the BGM corresponding to the performance mode T0 may be audibly output when the variable performance is started by the reservation memory caused by the new entry of the game ball into the starting hole from the customer waiting state. Alternatively, a left-handed large image HUD may be displayed and a voice saying "left-handed!" may be output.

(Modified example when the second special time saving state occurs)
FIG. 50 is a modification in the case where the second special time-saving state occurs when the variable display of the special symbols reaches the specified number of times in the normal game state. In addition, the example of production|presentation in case the 2nd special time saving state shown in FIG. 48 generate|occur|produces differs from the production|presentation before and after generating a 2nd special time saving state.

First, as shown in FIG. 50(a), an effect mode T1 corresponding to the normal game state is set, and a mode T1 background image corresponding to the effect mode T1 is displayed. In addition, the production pattern 70a that becomes a failure is stopped and displayed in the first display mode (composed of the number image SG, the character image CG, and the symbol effect image ZE), and the special symbol TZ that becomes a failure is displayed in a specific mode (number image + small size). Further, since the first pending number is "3", "3" is displayed in the first pending number display area 70E, and a white icon, a blue icon and a red icon are displayed in the first pending icon display area 70B. there is At this time, the BGM corresponding to the production mode T1 is output at an audible volume.

Then, the first holding number is subtracted to "2", and the special symbol variation becomes the specified number of times (800 times) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (executing the RWM clear, clearing the number of fluctuations to 0 based on the end of the jackpot game). When the display (loss variation display of the first special symbol) is started, as shown in FIG. A shift display toward the area 70C is started, and furthermore, the normal fluctuation production is started, and the production pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ start the fluctuation production.

After that, when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. 50 (c), the left and right production patterns 70a are temporarily stopped, and the central production is performed without the time saving suggestive production suggesting the possibility that a special time saving state will occur. The pattern 70a scrolls at a low speed.

Then, when the center effect symbol 70a is temporarily stopped and the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed after the fluctuation time has passed, as shown in FIG. TZ is finally stopped, and the white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Then, when the second special time saving state is started in a state where the stop time of the normal losing special symbol has passed and there is a reserved memory, as shown in FIG. The remaining number of times NK (here, 600 times), which is the number of times of variable display that can be executed in the 2 special time saving state, is displayed. In addition, the first reservation icon display area 70B (including the blue icon and the red icon) corresponding to the first reservation on the non-prioritized side due to the time saving state maintains the non-display state, and the second reservation on the priority side A corresponding second pending icon display area 70D is displayed.

Further, in a state where the BGM corresponding to the production mode T1 is output with an audible volume, a right-handed hitting notification for instructing a right-handed hitting is executed. Specifically, while the small right-handed image MUS suggesting right-handed hitting is displayed, the right-handed large image MUD is not displayed and the voice output of "Right-handed hit!" is not executed. Note that the right-handed small image MUS is a common one that does not depend on the game state when suggesting right-handed. In addition, unlike the execution of the normal time-saving rush production, the jackpot game is not passed through, so the attention-calling production for calling the player's attention is not performed.

Then, since the second reservation number is "0" at the start of the second special time saving state, when the first reservation number is subtracted to "1" and the first special symbol loss fluctuation display is started, the figure As shown in 50(f), the first pending number display area 70E is updated to "1". The icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the suspended icon from the first suspended icon display area 70B (the blue icon in the first suspended icon display area 70B is displayed as a white icon) be done.

Further, the variable effect is disclosed, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start variable display, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "599 times". In addition, even when the continuous advance notice effect is in progress before the occurrence of the second special time saving state, the continuous notice effect is terminated.

After that, after the production design 70a is temporarily stopped, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special design is stopped and displayed, the production design 70a and the special design TZ are permanently stopped and redisplayed in the icon display area 70C. white icon is erased. Then, if the second reservation number remains "0", the first reservation number is subtracted to "0", the first special symbol variable display is started, and the first reservation number display area 70E is "0". is updated to In addition, the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C without shift display of the pending icon from the first pending icon display area 70B (the red icon in the first pending icon display area 70B is the white icon. Is displayed. Furthermore, the variable effect is started, the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner, and the remaining number of times NK is updated to "598 times".

On the other hand, when there is a second reservation number at the start of the first special time saving state, the second reservation number is subtracted without subtracting the first reservation number, and the variable display of the second special symbol is started. Then, while the second pending number display area 70F is updated by subtracting 1, the shift display of the pending icon displayed in the second pending icon display area toward the icon display area 70C is started, and furthermore, the fluctuation effect is started and the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ start to be displayed in a variable manner.

It should be noted that, when the customer waiting state without holding memory at the start of the second special time saving state, the state of FIG. 50 (e) is maintained, and when a predetermined time elapses, as shown in FIG. , the BGM corresponding to the presentation mode T1 is muted. Furthermore, when a predetermined time has passed, a customer waiting demonstration effect is started.

In this way, when the second special time saving state is generated, the time saving suggestion effect is not executed before the stop display of the normal losing eye. Therefore, the player can be surprised when the second special time-saving state occurs, and the interest in the game can be improved.

Moreover, when generating a 2nd special time saving state, the time saving suggestion production is not performed. Therefore, the occurrence of the second special time-saving state can be given secret pleasure without excessively stirring up the gambling spirit of the player, and the amusement of the game is not improved.

Moreover, when generating a 2nd special time saving state, the right hitting small image MUD is displayed without displaying the right hitting large image MUD as right hitting information. To provide secret pleasure to a player without excessively agitating the gambling spirit for the occurrence of the second special time-saving state, and to improve the amusement of the game.

Moreover, when generating the second special time saving state, the production mode T1 set in the normal game state is maintained. To provide secret pleasure to a player without excessively agitating the gambling spirit for the occurrence of the second special time-saving state, and to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, when generating the second special time saving state, the time saving state without performing the attention calling effect (display of the first attention calling image NB, display of the second attention calling image CB) for calling attention to the player (Display of the remaining number of times NK, notification of hitting to the right, variable production according to the time saving state, etc.) are performed accordingly. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the player feels annoyed at the start of the second special time saving state, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the second special time-saving state is generated, the starting condition of the second special symbol is likely to be established (the winning of the second start port 47 is facilitated), the first special that is not prioritized over the second special symbol When the look-ahead effect (icon change effect, continuous notice effect, etc.) corresponding to the pattern is executed, the execution of the look-ahead effect is terminated. As a result, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that a game method advantageous to the advantageous player can be determined from the look-ahead effect, and it is possible to secure the profit balance between the game parlor side and the player.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when generating the first special time saving state and the second special time saving state, when the stop time of the special symbol has passed, the first special time saving state and the second special time saving state are generated. However, the first special time-saving state or the second special time-saving state may be generated from the start of the stop display of the special symbols. In this case, the special rush performance may be executed before the stop display of the special symbols, or the special rush performance may be executed from before the stop display of the special symbols to after the stop display. Further, the notification of hitting to the right may be started from the start of the stop display of the special symbol.

In addition, in the present embodiment, as a result of the variable display of the special symbol that is the final time of the time saving state (normal time saving state, first special time saving state, second special time saving state), the stop time of the normal losing special pattern has passed Although the normal game state is generated at that time, the normal game state may be generated from the start of the stop display of the normal losing special symbol. In this case, the left hitting notification may be started from the start of the stop display of the normal losing special symbol.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the production mode (including background and BGM) set in the normal time saving state, the first special time saving state, and the second special time saving state was common, but the time saving state (main RAM 110 c game The performance mode may be differentiated for each type of time saving state flag stored in the RWM, or the performance mode may be differentiated between the normal time saving state and the special time saving state. Even in this case, right-handed notification (right-handed large image MUD, right-handed small image MUS, at least one of the sound of "right-handed!") and left-handed notification (left-handed large image) at the start of the time saving state At least one of the HUD and the voice of "Left shot!") may be shared.

In addition, in this embodiment, the normal time saving state, the first special time saving state, and the second special time saving state are generated, but the normal time saving state and the first special time saving state are generated, but the second special time saving state The state may not be generated, the normal time saving state and the second special time saving state may be generated, but the first special time saving state may not be generated, the normal time saving state may not be generated, but the first A special time saving state and a second special time saving state may be generated, or only one of the time saving states may be generated.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when the power supply is stopped after the second special time saving state ends without the jackpot game being executed, and then the power supply is resumed and the control state of the game is restored (setting change processing Or if the RWM clear process is not executed), the second special time saving state will not occur even if the variable display of the special symbol is executed a specified number of times (800 times) from the restart of the power supply, but for example A notification lamp (error lamp) is provided at a position (for example, the main information display 59 or the vicinity of the main information display 59) where the game clerk or the player can be visually recognized from the front side of the gaming machine, and the jackpot game is executed. If the power supply is stopped after the second special time saving state is completed, and then the power supply is resumed and the game control state is restored (when the power supply is started, the game is in the normal game state and the main RAM 110c stores the second If information indicating that the special time saving state has occurred is stored, that is, if the specification does not clear the number of fluctuations when the second special time saving state occurs, if the number of fluctuations is 800 times or more, If the specification is to store the second special time saving flag by clearing the number of fluctuations when the 2 special time saving state occurs, if the second special time saving flag is stored), the jackpot game is executed By turning on or blinking the notification lamp by the game program until the time has elapsed, the time saving occurrence notification may be performed to suggest that the time saving state has already occurred. If it does in this way, it can grasp from the outside that the 2nd special time-saving state has generate|occur|produced, and it becomes possible to improve the interest of a game. Further, troubles between the game parlor and the players are less likely to occur even if the second special time-saving state does not occur when the variable display of the special symbols is executed for the prescribed number of times after the power supply is restarted.

In addition, even if the time-saving notification indicating that the time-saving state has already occurred is performed, the power supply is turned on after the normal time-saving state or the first special time-saving state ends without the jackpot game being executed. When the power supply is stopped and then the power supply is resumed and the game control state is restored (the time when the power supply is started is the normal game state and the second special time saving state has already occurred in the main RAM 110c If the information is not stored, that is, if the specification does not clear the number of fluctuations when the second special time saving state occurs, if the number of fluctuations is less than 800 times, the number of fluctuations when the second special time saving state occurs If it is a specification that clears and stores the second special time saving flag, the time saving notice may not be performed if the second special time saving flag is not stored). By doing so, it is possible to prevent the players from losing their desire to play, and to improve their interest in the game.

In addition, even if the time-saving occurrence notification is performed to suggest that the time-saving state has already occurred, the first special time-saving state and the second special time-saving state occur at the same time, and the jackpot game is executed. If the second special time saving state ends without being done, but the power supply is stopped while the first special time saving state continues, and then the power supply is resumed and the game control state is restored (power supply When the start time is the first special time saving state and information indicating that the second special time saving state has already occurred in the main RAM 110c is stored), at that time, the time saving occurrence notification is not performed can be In this case, when the first special time saving state ends, the time saving occurrence notification may be performed, or even if the first special time saving state ends, the time saving occurrence notification is not performed, and the power supply is stopped in that state. After that, when the power supply is resumed and the control state of the game is restored, the time-saving occurrence notification may be performed.

In addition, even in the case where the notification of the occurrence of the time-saving state suggesting that the time-saving state has already occurred, the normal time-saving state and the first special time-saving state occur at the same time, and the jackpot game is executed. If the normal time saving state ends without the first special time saving state, but the power supply is stopped while the first special time saving state continues, and then the power supply is resumed and the control state of the game is restored (when the power supply starts When the information indicating that the second special time-saving state has occurred is not stored in the main RAM 110c in the first special time-saving state), the time-saving occurrence notification may not be performed. In this case, even if the first special time saving state ends, the time saving occurrence notification is not performed, the power supply is stopped after the first special time saving state ends, and then the power supply is resumed and the control state of the game is restored. Even if it does, you may make it not perform time-saving-occurrence completion alert|reporting.

In addition, instead of lighting or blinking the notification lamp (error lamp) as a time saving notification, a small character image such as "Time saving state has occurred" or "Second special time saving has occurred" on the main display device 70 may be displayed, or a sound such as "time saving state has occurred" or "second special time saving has occurred" may be output from the voice output device 9.

In addition, for the time-saving occurrence notification, the notification lamp (error lamp), the main display device 70, may be executed using one or more of the audio output device 9, or a plurality of things may be executed at the same time Alternatively, a plurality of items may be executed in a predetermined order.

In addition, the time-saving occurrence notification using the notification lamp (error lamp) is not performed until the jackpot game is executed, that is, until the stop time of the jackpot special pattern has elapsed, but the jackpot special pattern is stopped. It may be executed up to the time when the display is started.

In addition, the time-saving notification using the main display device 70 or the voice output device 9 may be executed until the special symbol confirmation command transmitted when the big hit special symbol is stopped and displayed is received. , may be executed until receiving a command specifying the opening of the jackpot game.

In addition, the notification lamp (error lamp), the main display device 70, and the time saving notification using at least one of the audio output device 9 are not executed until the jackpot game is executed, but from the restart of the power supply. It may be executed only for a predetermined period of time (for example, until one hour elapses, or until the variable display is performed a predetermined number of times (10 times, etc.)) and then terminated.

In addition, the time-saving notification using the main display device 70 may not be performed during the customer-waiting demonstration presentation, or may be performed even during the customer-waiting demonstration presentation. While it is performed during low-level error reporting (full error reporting), it may not be performed during high-level error reporting (unrecoverable error reporting, magnetic error reporting, radio wave error reporting, etc.).

In addition, regarding the time-saving notification using the voice output device 9, when the game is performed from the customer waiting state (for example, when it is detected that the touch sensor 15a of the launch handle 15 has been touched, any ball When the game ball is detected by the detection switch), it may be started.

In addition, in the present embodiment, in the pre-start state before the progress control of the game is started, the discharge permission designation command is transmitted to the payout control board 120 so that the game ball can be discharged. By transmitting a launch permission designation command to the payout control board 120 when the progress control of is started, the game ball may be launched after the game becomes ready for play.

Further, in the present embodiment, the payout control board 120 can perform payout control even in the pre-start state before the progress control of the game is started. It is possible to pay out game balls (ball lending) based on the payout request from the machine, but after the game progress control is started and the game becomes playable, the game ball is issued based on the payout request from the ball lending machine. It may be possible to pay out (ball lending).

Further, in the present embodiment, since the backup power supply is not supplied to the payout control board 120 (payout RAM 120c), when the power to the gaming machine 1 is turned on, the payout control board 120 (payout RAM 120c) has an unpaid amount. Although the number of payout balls data does not remain, a backup power supply may be supplied to the payout control board 120 (payout RAM 120c). If the unpaid ball number data remains in the payout control board 120 (payout RAM 120c), the unpaid ball number data can be used even in the pre-start state before the progress control of the game is started. It may be possible to pay out game balls based on

In addition, in the present embodiment, a prize ball (award value) is given based on the satisfaction of the award conditions (winning of the game ball to the winning opening, the starting opening, and the big winning opening). Balls may be managed as data, and winning ball data may be given (added to the held ball data).

In addition, in the present embodiment, three types of normal time saving state flag, first special time saving state flag, and second special time saving state flag were provided as time saving state flags, but only one kind of time saving state flag was provided, and normal game Set the time saving state flag when it becomes a time saving state from the state (normal time saving state, first special time saving state, second special time saving state), and clear the time saving state flag when it becomes a normal game state from the time saving state may

(Second embodiment)
A second embodiment of the present invention will be specifically described below with reference to the drawings. Here, only differences from the first embodiment will be described, and descriptions of the same parts will be omitted.

(Special figure variation pattern determination processing of the main control board)
The special figure variation pattern determination processing (game program) of the main control board 110 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 51 is a flow chart showing a special figure variation pattern determination process in the main control board 110. As shown in FIG.

First, in step S313-1, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the current state is a high probability state. If it is in the high probability state, the process proceeds to step S313-3, and if it is not in the high probability state, in step S313-2, the number of fluctuations stored in the main RAM 110c, specifically, the predetermined condition The number of times of variable display of special symbols executed from establishment (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of times of variation based on the end of the jackpot game) is updated by +1.

Here, regardless of whether it is the variable display of the first special symbol or the variable display of the second special symbol, the number of times of variation is updated by +1. It should be noted that this number of fluctuations is not updated in the high probability state, and is referred to in the above-described special symbol stop processing.

In step S313-3, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the current state is the non-time-saving state (normal game state). If it is not a non-time-saving state, the process is moved to step S313-5, and if it is a non-time-saving state, in step S313-4, the special figure variation pattern determination table for the non-time-saving state (see FIG. 17) is selected. Then, the process moves to step S313-16.

In step S313-5, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not it is a change display (time saving initial change) at the start of the time saving state (any of the normal time saving state, the first special time saving state, and the second special time saving state). do. If it is the variable display at the start of the time saving state, the process moves to step S313-6, and if it is not the time to start the variable display at the time of starting the time saving state, the process moves to step S313-11.

The main CPU 110a determines whether or not the time saving state to be started is the first special time saving state in step S313-6. When it is not the first special time saving state, the process is moved to step S313-8, and when it is the first special time saving state, in step S313-7, the special figure variation pattern for the first special time saving state (first time) A determination table (see FIG. 52(a)) is selected, and the process proceeds to step S313-16. In addition, the details of the special figure variation pattern determination table for the first special time saving state (first time) will be described later.

The main CPU 110a determines whether or not the time saving state to be started is the second special time saving state in step S313-8. If it is the second special time saving state, the process is moved to step S313-9, and if it is not the second special time saving state, that is, if it is the normal time saving state, the process is moved to step S313-11.

In step S313-9, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not a jackpot completed flag indicating that the jackpot game has been executed is set in the main RAM 110c. If the jackpot flag is not set, that is, if the jackpot game has not been executed after the RWM is cleared, the process is shifted to step S313-15, and if the jackpot flag is set, that is, after the RWM is cleared. If the jackpot game has been executed, in step S313-10, select the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table (see FIG. 52 (b)) for the second special time saving state (first time), to step S313-16 transfer processing. The details of the special figure variation pattern determination table for the second special time saving state (first time) will be described later.

In step S313-11, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not it is a change display (time saving final change) at the end of the time saving state (any of the normal time saving state, the first special time saving state, and the second special time saving state). do. If it is the variable display at the end of the time saving state, the process moves to step S313-12, and if it is not the variable display at the end of the time saving state, the process moves to step S313-15.

In step S313-12, the main CPU 110a determines whether or not the time saving state to end is the normal time saving state. In the case of the normal time saving state, in step S313-13, the special figure variation pattern determination table (see FIG. 18 (b)) for the normal time saving state (final variation) is selected and the process is moved to step S313-16 , If it is not the normal time saving state, that is, if it is the first special time saving state or the second special time saving state, in step S313-14 special figure fluctuation pattern determination table for the special time saving state (final change) (Fig. 18 ( c)) is selected, and the process moves to step S313-16.

In step S313-15, the main CPU 110a selects the special figure variation pattern determination table (see FIG. 52(c)) for the time saving state (first time to last time) and shifts the process to step S313-16.

The main CPU 110a determines the special figure variation pattern using the selected special figure variation pattern determination table in step S313-16, and the variation time corresponding to the determined special figure variation pattern determination table in step S313-17. Set in a predetermined area of the main RAM110c, in step S313-18, a special figure variation pattern specification command corresponding to the determined special figure variation pattern is set in the production transmission data storage area of the main RAM110c, this special figure variation End the pattern determination process. As a result, the special figure variation pattern specification command is transmitted to the effect control board 130, and the process for determining the variation effect pattern, which is the effect mode of the variation effect, is performed.

In this way, depending on the type of time-saving state that occurs (normal time-saving state, first special time-saving state, second special time-saving state), the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table to be selected is different, so the time-saving state that occurs It is possible to vary the aspect of the variable display (variable effect) of the special symbol according to the type of the game, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, since the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table to be selected is changed depending on whether or not the jackpot flag indicating that the jackpot game has been executed is set when the second special time saving state occurs, RWM clear Whether or not has been executed (that is, whether or not the number of fluctuations until the second special time saving state occurs is cleared) can be inferred from the special figure fluctuation pattern (variation production pattern), and the game It is possible to improve the interest of

(Special figure variation pattern determination table)
Figure 52 (a) is a special figure variation pattern determination table for the first special time saving state (first time) to be referred to when performing the first time variation display in the first special time saving state, Figure 52 (b) Is the first time fluctuation display in the second special time saving state and the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table for the second special time saving state (first time) that is referred to when the above-described jackpot flag is set in the main RAM 110c 52(c) is the first variation display in the second special time saving state, and when the big hit flag is not set in the main RAM 110c, the variation display other than the final time in the normal time saving state is executed. In the case of performing a variable display other than the final time after the second time in the first special time saving state, and after the second time in the second special time saving state, the variable display other than the final time is performed It is a special figure variation pattern determination table for the time saving state (before the first time to the final) that is referred to when doing.

As shown in FIGS. 52(a) to 52(c), the special symbol variation pattern determination table includes the type of special symbol (starting port) that performs variation display, the determination result of the jackpot determination, and the determination of the special symbol. Result (stopped special figure data), random number for reach determination, first reservation number (U1) or second reservation number (U2), random number for special figure fluctuation pattern judgment, special figure fluctuation as a judgment result A pattern, a special symbol variation time, and a special figure variation pattern designation command indicating a special figure variation pattern are associated, and as a reference, the production content that can be executed by each special figure variation pattern in the right column, time saving The type of entry effect when suggesting (announcing) entry into a state is described.

As the production content shown in the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. , fluctuating production pattern).

"Rush production dedicated fluctuation B" is a special production (special fluctuation pattern, It is a variable production pattern).

“Dedicated SP reach” is a special SP reach production when it is the first variable display in the first special time saving state or the second special time saving state and becomes a big hit, which is different from the normal SP reach A performance is performed.

"Exclusive chance production" is a special production when winning a time saving election at the first variable display in the second special time saving state, and a special production is performed using almost the entire display area of the image display device. It's like

"Rush production B" is a production that suggests (informs) the entry into the first special time saving state, and the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation pattern determined at the time of the first fluctuation display in the first special time saving state will run for less than 2 seconds.
"Rush production C" is a production that suggests (informs) the entry into the second special time saving state, and is the shortest that may be determined during the first fluctuation display in the second special time saving state. It is executed over 6 seconds longer than the special figure variation pattern (super shortened variation (3 seconds)).
"Rush production D" is a production that suggests (notifies) that the second special time-saving state enters, and is the shortest that may be determined during the first variable display in the second special time-saving state. It is executed over 2 seconds shorter than the special figure variation pattern (super shortened variation (3 seconds)).

It should be noted that here, "rush production A" has not appeared, but "rush production A" is a production that suggests (informs) the entry into the normal time-saving state, and is longer than the rush production B and the rush production D. It runs for a period of time (eg, 5 seconds, 8 seconds, etc.).

As the first feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 52, in the first variation display in the first special time saving state, the big hit determination result is a loss and the variation display of the first special symbol is executed. In the case (the execution condition of the rush performance is established), a special figure variation pattern 20 dedicated to the rush performance (the rush performance dedicated variation A) is determined to suggest (notify) the rush to the first special time saving state. Effect B is executed. By doing so, it is possible to effectively let the player know that the first special time saving state has occurred, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

As the second feature of the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The point is that the dedicated SP reach effect is executed without executing the rush effect that suggests (informs) the entry into the first special time saving state. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the sense of loss that the first special time-saving state has ended immediately after it has occurred, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

As a third feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 52, in the first variation display in the first special time saving state, the variation display of the second special symbol is executed even if the big hit determination result is lost. (the condition for executing the rush effect is not satisfied), the rush effect suggesting (notifying) that the first special time saving state is entered is not executed. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the control load because it is unnecessary to perform a useless rush performance in a situation where it can be assumed that the player is already hitting to the right in the first special time-saving state, which is advantageous to the player. At the same time, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As the fourth feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 52, in the first variation display in the second special time saving state, the big hit determination result is lost and the big hit completed flag is set in the main RAM 110c When the variation display of the first special symbol is executed in the state (the first execution condition of the rush effect is satisfied), the special figure variation pattern 25 dedicated to the rush effect (fluctuation B dedicated to rush effect) is determined. The point is that a rush effect C that suggests (reports) a rush to the second special time saving state is executed. By doing so, it is possible to effectively let the player know that the second special time saving state has occurred, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

As a fifth feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 52, in the first variation display in the second special time saving state, the jackpot determination result is a jackpot and a jackpot flag is set in the main RAM 110c. In the case (the condition for executing the rush effect is not established), the dedicated SP ready-to-reach effect is executed without executing the rush effect suggesting (notifying) the entry into the second special time saving state. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the feeling of loss that the second special time-saving state has ended immediately after it has occurred, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

As the sixth feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 52, in the first variation display in the second special time saving state, the variation display of the second special symbol is executed even if the big hit determination result is lost. (the condition for executing the rush effect is not satisfied), the rush effect suggesting (notifying) that the second special time saving state is entered is not executed. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the control load because it is unnecessary to perform a useless rush performance in a situation where it can be assumed that the player is already hitting right in the second special time-saving state, which is advantageous to the player. At the same time, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As the seventh feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 52, in the first variation display in the second special time saving state, the big hit determination result is a loss and the big hit completed flag is not set in the main RAM 110c When the variation display of the first special symbol is executed in the state (the second execution condition of the rush effect is satisfied), a plurality of types of special symbol variation patterns 31 to 34 (long fluctuation, super shortened Variation, normal reach, and special SP reach (variation production patterns) are executed. By doing so, it is possible to effectively let the player know that the second special time saving state has occurred, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

As the eighth feature of the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The point that the production time of the rush production D that suggests (notifies) the entry into the second special time saving state is shorter than the special figure fluctuation pattern 32 (super shortened fluctuation) with the shortest fluctuation time among them. be done. By doing so, even if any type of special figure fluctuation pattern (variation effect pattern) is executed, during the first fluctuation display in the second special time saving state to the second special time saving state It is possible to execute a rush performance that suggests (notifies) a rush, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As the ninth feature of the special figure variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 52, in the first variation display in the second special time saving state, the big hit determination result is a loss and the big hit completed flag is not set in the main RAM 110c Even in the state, when the variable display of the second special symbol is executed (the execution condition of the rush performance is not satisfied), the rush performance suggesting (notifying) that the second special time saving state is entered is not executed. points. By doing so, it is possible to reduce the control load because it is unnecessary to perform a useless rush performance in a situation where it can be assumed that the player is already hitting right in the second special time-saving state, which is advantageous to the player. At the same time, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

The tenth feature of the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. The performance time of the rush performance C (6 seconds) executed when the special figure variation pattern 25 (rush-only variation B) dedicated to the rush performance is determined is longer than (2 seconds). is mentioned. By doing so, it is possible to effectively produce that the game has entered the second special time-saving state, and it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

(State transition of game state and production mode)
State transitions between game states and production modes will be described with reference to FIG.

First, with reference to FIG. 53(a), a case in which a special time saving state (first special time saving state, second special time saving state) occurs from the normal game state will be described. In the normal game state, any of the production mode T1, the production mode T2, the production mode T3, which are the initial modes in the case of the normal game state after the power is turned on, and the post-time reduction exclusive mode T0 that shifts only after the time reduction state ends. Production mode is set.

Then, when the normal game state is shifted to the first special time saving state, the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table for the first special time saving state (first time) in the first fluctuation display (variation effect) (see FIG. 52 (a) ) is selected. Then, when the special figure variation pattern that is the first special symbol and the rush performance dedicated variation A is executed is determined, the above-described rush performance B (2 seconds) is executed, and the performance corresponding to the first special time saving state. Mode JA1 is set. After that, when the first special time saving state ends and returns to the normal game state, the above-described after time saving exclusive mode T0 is set.

In addition, when the normal game state to the second special time-saving state in the absence of the above-mentioned jackpot flag, in the first time fluctuation display (variation production) time-saving state (first time ~ before the final) special figure fluctuation pattern A decision table (see FIG. 52(c)) is selected. Then, when one of a plurality of types of special figure fluctuation patterns (long fluctuation, super short fluctuation, normal reach, special SP reach fluctuation production pattern) that is the first special symbol and is not dedicated to rush production is determined, The above-described rush effect D (2 seconds) is executed, and a predetermined effect mode JB1 among the effect modes corresponding to the second special time saving state is set. After that, when the second special time saving state ends and returns to the normal game state, the above-described after time saving exclusive mode T0 is set.

Also, when the normal game state to the second special time-saving state in the state where there is a jackpot flag described above, the second special time-saving state (first time) special figure fluctuation pattern in the first fluctuation display (variation production) A decision table (see FIG. 52(b)) is selected. And, when the special figure fluctuation pattern (the rush production dedicated fluctuation B) which is the first special symbol and is dedicated to the rush production is determined, the above-mentioned rush production C (6 seconds) is executed, and the second special time saving state is entered. A mode selection effect for selecting one of the corresponding effect modes JB1 to JB3 is executed, and the effect mode selected by operating the cross key 19 is set. After that, when the second special time saving state ends and returns to the normal game state, the above-described after time saving exclusive mode T0 is set.

In this way, when the special time saving state occurs from the normal game state, the rush effect according to the type of special time saving state is executed in the first variable display (variation effect), so the game It is possible to make a person surely recognize that the special time-saving state has occurred, and to improve the amusement of the game.

In addition, when shifting to the second special time-saving state without a jackpot flag, while the production mode JB1 is fixedly set, when shifting to the second special time-saving state with a jackpot flag. Since the player can select any one of the performance modes JB1 to JB3, the performance mode can be set by reflecting the information from the turning on of the power of the gaming machine, and the interest in the game can be improved. .

Next, with reference to FIG. 53(b), the case where the first special time saving state occurs from the normal time saving state that shifts after the end of the jackpot game and returns to the normal game state will be described. In the normal time saving state, one of the effect mode J1, which is the initial mode in the normal time saving state, and the effect mode J2 is set.

Then, when the transition from the normal time-saving state to the first special time-saving state, the special figure variation pattern determination table for the first special time-saving state (first time) in the first variation display (variation production) (see FIG. 52 (a) ), or the special figure variation pattern determination table (see FIG. 52 (c)) for the time saving state (before the first time to the final) is selected. Then, when any one of the special symbol variation patterns is determined as the second special symbol, a continuous performance A (2 seconds) that suggests (informs) that the time saving game state continues is executed, and the previous normal time saving is executed. When the state is the performance mode J1, the performance mode J1 is taken over as it is, and when the normal time saving state immediately before is the performance mode J2, the performance mode J2 is taken over as it is to correspond to the first special time saving state. Production mode JA1 is not set.

After that, the above-described result display is executed in the final variable display (variation effect) of the first special time saving state, and when the first special time saving state ends and returns to the normal game state, the above-mentioned post-time saving dedicated mode T0 is set. will be

For continuous production A (2 seconds), a time shorter than the special figure fluctuation pattern (3 seconds of super shortened fluctuation) of the shortest fluctuation time that may be determined when the fluctuation display of the second special symbol is executed is set to

In this way, when the normal game state is shifted to the first special time saving state, a continuous production that suggests (informing) that the time saving state continues is executed, and the production mode in the normal time saving state is inherited. Therefore, it is possible to make the player feel as if the normal time-saving state has been extended by utilizing the contingency of the progress of the game, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the normal time-saving state via the jackpot game in a series of advantageous periods transitions to the first special time-saving state, the final variation display (variation effect) of the first special time-saving state The result of the game in the series of advantageous intervals is executed, the player can be given a sense of accomplishment and satisfaction, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

Next, with reference to FIG. 53(c), the case where the second special time saving state occurs from the first special time saving state and returns to the normal game state will be described. In the first special time-saving state, the production mode JA1 is set regardless of whether or not the jackpot game is passed (whether or not there is a jackpot completed flag) during a series of advantageous periods.

Then, when the transition from the first special time-saving state to the second special time-saving state, the special figure fluctuation pattern determination table for the second special time-saving state (first time) in the first fluctuation display (variation effect) (Fig. 52 (b ) See), or the special figure variation pattern determination table (see FIG. 53 (c)) for the time saving state (before the first time to the final) is selected. Then, when any special figure variation pattern is determined as the second special symbol, a continuous performance B (2 seconds) that suggests (informs) that the time saving game state continues is executed, and the immediately preceding first Since the special time saving state is the production mode JA1, the production mode JA1 is taken over as it is, and the production modes JB1 to JB3 corresponding to the second special time saving state are not set.

After that, if the jackpot is not passed through in a series of advantageous periods, the above-mentioned result display is not executed in the final variable display (variation effect) of the second special time saving state, and the jackpot is passed through in a series of advantageous periods. In the case, the result display described above is executed in the final variation display (variation effect) of the second special time saving state, and when the second special time saving state ends and returns to the normal game state, the above-mentioned after-time saving dedicated mode T0 will be set.

For continuous production B (2 seconds), a time shorter than the special figure fluctuation pattern of the shortest fluctuation time (3 seconds of super shortened fluctuation) that may be determined when the fluctuation display of the second special symbol is executed is set to

Thus, when the transition from the first special time-saving state to the second special time-saving state, a continuous production that suggests (informs) that the time-saving state continues is executed, and the production mode in the first special time-saving state is inherited, it is possible to make the player feel as if the first special time-saving state is extended by utilizing the contingency of the progress of the game, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the transition from the first special time-saving state via the jackpot game to the second special time-saving state occurs during the series of advantageous periods, the game in a series of advantageous intervals during the final variation display (variation production) of the second special time-saving state Since the result display for displaying the result of is executed, it is possible to give the player a sense of accomplishment and satisfaction, thereby making it possible to improve the amusement of the game.

(Concrete example when the rush production to the normal time saving state is executed)
First, with reference to FIG. 54(a-1), a specific example 1 in which the rush effect (rush effect A) to the normal time saving state is executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, a right-handed notification (lighting of the right-handed display 67, display of a right-handed image on the main display device 70) for instructing right handedness during the jackpot game is performed, and a round in the last round game is performed. A performance is running.

At the timing of T1, when the last round game ends, the ending performance of the jackpot game is started, and at the timing of T2, when a predetermined period elapses from the start of the ending performance, it is assumed that the conditions for executing the rush performance are established, and the normal time-saving state is established. A rush effect A is executed for 5 seconds, and at the timing of T3, a caution effect (display of the above-described first caution image NB and second caution image CB) for calling attention to the player is performed. executed.

After that, at the timing of T4, when the jackpot game ends and the normal time-saving state starts, the ending effect ends with the right-handed notification continuing, and the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol starts. Then, the variable performance is started, and at the timing of T5, the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is completed and the variable performance is completed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 54(a-2), a specific example 2 in which the rush effect (rush effect A) to the normal time saving state is executed will be described. Note that the timing from T0 to T3 is the same as in FIG. 54(a-1), so the description is omitted.

At the timing of T4, when the jackpot game ends and the customer waiting state is started, the ending effect is finished while the notification of hitting to the right continues. Even if the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is started from the customer waiting state, the rush effect A is not executed.

In this way, since the rush effect is executed before the normal time-saving state starts, it is possible to prepare mentally for the start of the normal time-saving state, improving the interest of the game. It is possible to

In addition, since the attention calling effect (the display of the first attention calling image NB and the second attention calling image CB) is performed to call the player's attention during the execution of the rush effect, the gambling spirit of the game is excessively fueled. It is possible to digest the normal time-saving state without needing to improve the amusement of the game.

(Specific example of when the rush production to the first special time saving state is executed)
First, with reference to FIG. 54(b-1), a specific example 1 in the case where the rush effect (plunge effect B) to the first special time saving state is executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, a variation performance is executed in which a chance performance is performed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol without notifying the player of hitting to the right during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time saving state is started, and a right-handed notification (right-handed indicator 67 is lit, and a right-handed shot image is displayed on the main display device 70). Furthermore, when the fluctuation performance by the rush performance dedicated fluctuation A is started in response to the start of the loss fluctuation display of the first special symbol, the condition for executing the rush performance is established, and the first special time saving state is entered. Rush effect B is executed for 2 seconds. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the first special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

After that, at the timing of T2, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, a variable effect is produced corresponding to the start of the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol while the right-handed notification continues. Although it is executed, the condition for executing the rush performance is not established because of the second and subsequent variable display in the first special time-saving state, and the rush performance B to the first special time-saving state is not executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 54(b-2), a specific example in which the rush effect (plunge effect B) to the first special time saving state is executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, a variation performance is executed in which a chance performance is performed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol without notifying the player of hitting to the right during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time-saving state is started, and right-hand hitting notification for instructing right-hand hitting is started. However, since it was in the state of waiting for customers at this time, the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T2, when the fluctuation performance by the rush performance dedicated fluctuation A is started corresponding to the start of the loss fluctuation display of the first special symbol, the first execution condition for the rush performance is established. A rush performance B to a special time-saving state is executed for 2 seconds. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the first special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

In this way, since the rush production is executed from the start of the first variable display (variation production) in the first special time saving state, the rush production can be given a degree of freedom, and the first special It is possible to effectively inform the player of the occurrence of the time-saving state, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, even when the transition to the first special time-saving state is in the customer waiting state, since the right-handed notification that notifies the player of the shooting method that is advantageous to the player is executed, the game is started from the customer waiting state. Even in the case of resuming the game, the player does not lose by hitting left, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, even if it is in the customer waiting state when shifting to the first special time saving state, when the first variable display (variable effect) is executed after that, the rush effect is executed. Even when the game is restarted from the customer waiting state, the player can be reminded that the first special time-saving state is occurring, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

In addition, when the normal game state is shifted to the first special time-saving state, since the attention calling performance is not executed during the execution of the rush performance, the attention calling performance is performed even though the jackpot game is not passed. It is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the player is bored by execution, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

(Specific example when the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed)
First, with reference to FIG. 54(c-1), a specific example 1 in the case where the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, a variation performance is executed in which a chance performance is performed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol without notifying the player of hitting to the right during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time saving state is started, and a right-handed notification (right-handed indicator 67 is lit, and a right-handed shot image is displayed on the main display device 70). Furthermore, when the jackpot variation display of the first special symbol is started, the jackpot variation performance is started, but the execution condition of the rush performance is not satisfied because the determination result is a jackpot, and the first special time saving state is entered. The performance will not be executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 54(c-2), a specific example 2 in the case where the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, a variation performance is executed in which a chance performance is performed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol without notifying the player of hitting to the right during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time saving state is started, and a right-handed notification (right-handed indicator 67 is lit, and a right-handed shot image is displayed on the main display device 70). In addition, the variable production is started in response to the start of the variable display of the second special symbol, but the first variable display in the first special time-saving state is the second special symbol, so the condition for executing the rush performance is It does not materialize, and rush production B to a 1st special time saving state will not be performed.

After that, at the timing of T2 after the stop display of the second special symbol, when the stop time of the second special symbol elapses, the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol starts while the right-handed information continues. However, since the second and subsequent variable display in the first special time-saving state, the conditions for executing the rush performance are not established, and the rush performance to the first special time-saving state is not executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 54(c-3), a specific example 2 in the case where the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, a variation performance is executed in which a chance performance is performed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol without notifying the player of hitting to the right during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time saving state is started, and a right-handed notification (right-handed indicator 67 is lit, and a right-handed shot image is displayed on the main display device 70). However, since it was in the state of waiting for customers at this time, the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T2, when the first special symbol big hit variation display is started, the big hit variation performance is started, but the determination result is a big win, so the execution condition of the rush performance is not established, and the first special. The rush performance B to the time saving state is not executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 54(c-4), a specific example 2 in which the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, a variation performance is executed in which a chance performance is performed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol without notifying the player of hitting to the right during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time saving state is started, and a right-handed notification (right-handed indicator 67 is lit, and a right-handed shot image is displayed on the main display device 70). However, since it was in the state of waiting for customers at this time, the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T2, when the second special symbol losing variation display is started, the losing variation effect is started, but the first time variation display in the first special time saving state is the second special symbol. execution condition is not established, and the rush performance B to the first special time saving state is not executed.

In this way, since there is a case where the rush effect is not executed according to the progress state of the game at the start of the first special time saving state, the control load can be reduced, and an unusual event occurs to the player. It is possible to produce a sense of incongruity in the presence of the player, and to improve the amusement of the game.

(Concrete example when the rush effect to the second special time saving state is executed with a jackpot already flag)
First, with reference to FIG. 55(a-1), a specific example 1 in the case where a jackpot completed flag is present and a rush effect (rush effect C) to the second special time saving state is executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol elapses, the second special time saving state is started, and the right hitting notification instructing the right hitting ( Lighting of the right-handed display 67, display of a right-handed image on the main display device 70) are performed. Furthermore, when the fluctuation performance by the rush performance dedicated fluctuation B is started in response to the start of the loss fluctuation display of the first special symbol, the condition for executing the rush performance is established, and the second special time saving state is entered. Rush effect C is executed for 6 seconds. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the second special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

After that, at the timing of T2, when the rush effect C ends, a mode selection effect for selecting the effect mode in the second special time saving state by operating the cross key 19 is started, and according to the operation of the cross key 19 by the player A corresponding effect mode (one of the effect modes JB1 to JB3) is selected.

After that, at the timing of T3, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, a variable effect is produced corresponding to the start of the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol while the right-handed notification continues. Although it is executed, the condition for executing the rush performance is not established because of the second and subsequent variable display in the second special time-saving state, and the rush performance to the second special time-saving state is not executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(a-2), a specific example 1 in the case where the big hit completion flag is present and the rush effect (rush effect C) to the second special time saving state is executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time-saving state is started, and right-hand hitting notification for instructing right-hand hitting is started. However, at this time, since it was in the customer waiting state, the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T3, when the fluctuation performance by the rush performance dedicated fluctuation B is started in response to the start of the loss fluctuation display of the first special symbol, the execution condition of the rush performance is established, and the second A rush effect C to a special time-saving state is executed over 6 seconds. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the second special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

In addition, at the timing of T4, when the rush effect C ends, a mode selection effect for selecting the effect mode in the second special time saving state by operating the cross key 19 is started, and the operation of the cross key 19 by the player A corresponding effect mode (one of the effect modes JB1 to JB3) is selected.

In this way, since the rush production is executed from the start of the first variable display (variation production) in the second special time saving state, the rush production can be given a degree of freedom, and the second special It is possible to effectively inform the player of the occurrence of the time-saving state, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, even if it is in the customer waiting state when it shifts to the second special time saving state, since the right-handed notification that notifies the shooting method that is advantageous to the player is executed, the game is started from the customer waiting state. Even in the case of resuming the game, the player does not lose by hitting left, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, even if it is in the customer waiting state when shifting to the second special time saving state, if the first variable display (variable effect) is executed after that, the rush effect is executed. Even when the game is restarted from the customer waiting state, the player can be reminded that the second special time saving state is occurring, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, when the normal game state shifts to the second special time saving state, since the attention calling performance is not executed during the execution of the rush performance, the attention calling performance is performed even though the jackpot game is not passed. It is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the player is bored by execution, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

(Concrete example when the rush effect to the second special time saving state is executed without the jackpot already flag)
First, with reference to FIG. 55(b-1), a specific example 1 in the case where the rush effect (plunge effect D) to the second special time-saving state is executed without the jackpot completed flag will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol elapses, the second special time saving state is started, and the right hitting notification instructing the right hitting ( Lighting of the right-handed display 67, display of a right-handed image on the main display device 70) are performed. Furthermore, when the variable performance by the non-reach variable performance (long variable performance (10 seconds), super-short variable performance (3 seconds)) is started in response to the start of the first special symbol losing variable display Assuming that the conditions for executing the rush performance are established, the rush performance D to the second special time-saving state is executed for 2 seconds. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the second special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

After that, at the timing of T2 after the stop display of the first special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol starts while the right-handed notification continues. Although the variable performance is executed in response to the second special time-saving state, the execution condition for the rush performance is not satisfied because of the second and subsequent variable display in the second special time-saving state, and the rush performance to the second special time-saving state. will not be executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(b-2), a specific example 2 in which a rush effect (plunge effect D) to the second special time-saving state is executed without a jackpot completed flag will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time-saving state is started, and right-hand hitting notification for instructing right-hand hitting is started. However, at this time, since it was in the customer waiting state, the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed at this time.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, when the stop time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol elapses, the second special time saving state is started, and the right hitting notification instructing the right hitting ( Lighting of the right-handed display 67, display of a right-handed image on the main display device 70) are performed. In addition, the variation production by the variable production (normal reach fluctuation production (18 seconds), special SP reach fluctuation production (40 seconds)) in which the reach production is executed in response to the start of the loss fluctuation display of the first special symbol When it is started, the rush effect D to the second special time saving state is executed for 2 seconds assuming that the conditions for executing the rush effect are satisfied. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the second special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

After that, at the timing of T2 after the end of rush effect D, reach effect (normal reach effect, special SP reach effect, etc.) is started.

In addition, at the timing of T3 after the stop display of the first special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol starts while the right-handed information continues. Although the variable performance is executed in response to the second special time-saving state, the execution condition for the rush performance is not satisfied because of the second and subsequent variable display in the second special time-saving state, and the rush performance to the second special time-saving state. will not be executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(b-3), a specific example 3 in which a rush effect (plunge effect D) to the second special time-saving state is executed without a jackpot completed flag will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time-saving state is started, and right-hand hitting notification for instructing right-hand hitting is started. However, at this time, since it was in the customer waiting state, the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T3, in response to the start of the first special symbol loss fluctuation display, the fluctuation production by the non-reach fluctuation production (long fluctuation production (10 seconds), super short fluctuation production (3 seconds)) is started, the rush performance D to the second special time-saving state is executed for 2 seconds assuming that the conditions for executing the rush performance are established. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the second special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(b-4), a specific example 4 in which a rush effect (plunge effect D) to the second special time-saving state is executed without a jackpot completed flag will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol elapses, the first special time-saving state is started, and right-hand hitting notification for instructing right-hand hitting is started. However, at this time, since it was in the customer waiting state, the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T3, a variable effect (normal reach variable effect (18 seconds), a special SP reach variable effect (40 seconds) in which a reach effect is executed in response to the start of the first special symbol losing variable display. ) is started, the execution condition for the rush performance is assumed to be established, and the rush performance D to the second special time-saving state is executed for 2 seconds. However, since the normal game state has shifted to the second special time saving state, the attention calling effect is not executed.

After that, at the timing of T2 after the end of rush effect D, reach effect (normal reach effect, special SP reach effect, etc.) is started.

In this way, since the rush production is executed from the start of the first variable display (variation production) in the second special time saving state, the rush production can be given a degree of freedom, and the second special It is possible to effectively inform the player of the occurrence of the time-saving state, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, when the reach production is executed in the first variable display (variation production) in the second special time saving state, the rush production is ended before the reach production is executed, so the rush production It is possible to prevent the production effect of the ready-to-win production from being cut off by this, and to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, even if it is in the customer waiting state when it shifts to the second special time saving state, since the right-handed notification that notifies the shooting method that is advantageous to the player is executed, the game is started from the customer waiting state. Even in the case of resuming the game, the player does not lose by hitting left, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, even if it is in the customer waiting state when the transition to the second special time saving state, when the first variable display (fluctuation effect) is executed after that, the rush effect is executed. Even when the game is restarted from the customer waiting state, the player can be reminded that the second special time-saving state is occurring, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

In addition, when the normal game state shifts to the second special time saving state, since the attention calling performance is not executed during the execution of the rush performance, the attention calling performance is performed even though the jackpot game is not passed. It is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the player is bored by execution, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

(Specific example when the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed)
With reference to FIG. 55(c), a specific example of the case where the rush effect to the second special time saving state is executed without the jackpot completed flag will be described.

First, with reference to FIG. 55(c-1), a specific example 1 in which a rush effect (plunge effect D) to the second special time-saving state is executed without a jackpot completed flag will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol elapses, the second special time-saving state is started and instructs to hit to the right. A right-handed notification (lighting of the right-handed player indicator 67, display of a right-handed player image on the main display device 70) is performed. Furthermore, when the jackpot variation display of the first special symbol is started, the jackpot variation performance is started, but the execution condition of the rush performance is not satisfied because the determination result is a jackpot, and the second special time saving state is entered. The performance will not be executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(c-2), a specific example 2 in the case where the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol elapses, the second special time-saving state is started and instructs to hit to the right. A right-handed notification (lighting of the right-handed player indicator 67, display of a right-handed player image on the main display device 70) is performed. In addition, the variable production is started in response to the start of the variable display of the second special symbol, but the first variable display in the second special time-saving state is the second special symbol, so the condition for executing the rush performance is It is not established, and the rush performance B to the second special time saving state is not executed.

After that, at the timing of T2 after the stop display of the second special symbol, when the stop time of the second special symbol elapses, the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol starts while the right-handed information continues. However, since the second and subsequent variable display in the second special time-saving state, the conditions for executing the rush performance are not established, and the rush performance to the second special time-saving state is not executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(c-3), a specific example 2 in the case where the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol elapses, the second special time-saving state is started and instructs to hit to the right. A right-handed notification (lighting of the right-handed player indicator 67, display of a right-handed player image on the main display device 70) is performed. However, at this time, since it was in the customer waiting state, the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T2, when the first special symbol big hit variation display is started, the big hit variation performance is started, but the determination result is a big win, so the execution condition of the rush performance is not established, and the second special. The rush performance B to the time saving state is not executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 55(c-4), a specific example 2 in the case where the rush effect to the first special time saving state is not executed will be described.
At the timing of T0, the variation performance is executed corresponding to the variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol without performing the right-handed notification during the normal game state.

Then, at the timing of T1 after the stop display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, when the stop time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol elapses, the second special time-saving state is started and instructs to hit to the right. A right-handed notification (lighting of the right-handed player indicator 67, display of a right-handed player image on the main display device 70) is performed. However, at this time, since it was in the customer waiting state, the rush effect to the second special time saving state is not executed at this time.

After that, at the timing of T2, when the variable display of the second special symbol is started, the variable production is started, but the first variable display in the second special time saving state is the second special symbol or the judgment result is a big hit. , the execution condition for the rush performance is not established, and the rush performance B to the second special time-saving state is not executed.

In this way, since there is a case where the rush effect is not executed according to the progress state of the game at the start of the second special time saving state, the control load can be reduced, and an unusual phenomenon occurs to the player. It is possible to produce a sense of incongruity in the presence of the player, and to improve the amusement of the game.

(Production example when rush production dedicated variation B is executed at the start of the second special time saving state)
FIG. 56 is an example of the effect when the rush effect only variation B (rush effect C) is executed at the start of the second special time saving state.

First, as shown in FIG. 56(a), an effect mode T1 corresponding to the normal game state is set, and a mode T1 background image corresponding to the effect mode T1 is displayed. In addition, the production pattern 70a that becomes a failure is stopped and displayed in the first display mode (composed of the number image SG, the character image CG, and the symbol effect image ZE), and the special symbol TZ that becomes a failure is displayed in a specific mode (number image + small size).

In addition, since the first pending number is "4", "4" is displayed in the first pending number display area 70E, and in the first pending icon display area 70B, from the right, a white icon, a blue icon, a red icon, and a white icon are displayed. They are displayed in order of icons. At this time, the BGM corresponding to the production mode T1 is output at an audible volume. Furthermore, in the main display device 70, a countdown notification is performed to notify the remaining number of fluctuations until the transition to the second special time saving state (here, the remaining number of fluctuations is 0, so "Help 0 left until the time” is displayed).

Then, the first reserved number is subtracted to "3" and the specified number of times (800) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (0 clearing of the number of variations based on the end of the jackpot game). Loss variation display) is started, as shown in FIG. The shift display is started, and furthermore, the normal variation effect is started, and the effect symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ start the variable display.

After that, when a predetermined period of time elapses, as shown in FIG. 56(c), the left and right production patterns 70a are temporarily stopped, and a reduction in working hours suggesting production that suggests the possibility of occurrence of a special reduction in working hours state is executed. Specifically, the "help time" pattern, which is a special effect pattern suggesting that a special time-saving state will occur in the central effect pattern 70a, scrolls at a low speed and is temporarily stopped. At this time, the game ball wins the first starting port 45, the first reservation number increases to "4", the first reservation number display area 70E is updated to "4", and the first reservation icon display area A white icon is additionally displayed (increased display) in 70a.

Then, when the time-saving suggestive effect is completed, as shown in FIG. 56(d), the effect pattern 70a is produced by the second special time-saving rushing eye (special losing effect pattern) which is a loss mode including the "help time" pattern in the center. is actually stopped, the special symbol TZ is actually stopped by the second special time-saving rushing eye, which is a losing mode with the middle symbol "0", and the white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Then, when the special symbol stop time elapses, the second special time saving state is started, and when the first reservation number is subtracted to "3" and the first special symbol loss fluctuation display is started, Fig. 56 ( As shown in e), a right-handed small image MUS that suggests hitting to the right, a remaining number of times NK that is the number of variable displays that can be executed in the second special time-saving state, and a "help time" that suggests that it is in a time-saving state A character image of "medium" is displayed. In addition, the first suspension icon display area 70B corresponding to the first suspension on the non-prioritized side becomes a non-display state due to the time saving state, and the second suspension icon display area corresponding to the second suspension on the priority side is displayed. be.

In addition, when the fluctuation effect by the rush effect dedicated fluctuation B is started, the first reservation number display area 70E is updated to "3", and the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C (the first reservation icon display area 70B is displayed as a white icon). Also, the effect pattern 70a changes to a display mode of only numbers, and the variable display of the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ is started. Further, the remaining number of times NK is updated to 599 times, the execution of the first half effect (2 seconds) of the rush effect C is started, and a character image of "help time rush" is displayed so as to overlap the rush effect background image. , rush BGM and the voice of "help time rush" are output.

After that, when the first half of the rush effect C ends, the second half of the rush effect C starts as shown in FIG. is displayed, and a voice saying "During the help time, hit right!" is output.

Then, when the latter half of the rush effect C ends, as shown in FIG. 56(g), the operation of the cross key 19 starts the mode selection effect for selecting the effect mode in the second special time saving state. Specifically, a first option image corresponding to the effect mode JB1, a second option image corresponding to the effect mode JB2, and a third option image corresponding to the effect mode JB3 are displayed, and the cross key 19 is simulated. The effective suggestion image and the remaining time image indicating the remaining effective time are displayed, and the selected BGM is output. As for the option images, the option images in the selected state are displayed in a bright color, and the option images in the non-selected state are displayed in a dark color.

After that, when the effective time elapses or the decision operation is performed with the effect button 17 while the first option image corresponding to the effect mode JB1 is selected, the first option image is displayed as shown in FIG. 56(h). is displayed in an enlarged manner, the production mode JB1 is set, and a determination sound effect is output.

Further, when the mode selection effect is completed, as shown in FIG. 56(i), the background image corresponding to the effect mode JB1 is displayed while the effect pattern 70a is displayed in a variable manner, and the BGM corresponding to the effect mode JB1 is output. state.

Then, after the production pattern 70a is temporarily stopped, when the fluctuation time elapses and the losing special pattern is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. , the white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

(Production example when rush production dedicated variation B (plunge production C) is executed after entering the customer waiting state at the start of the second special time saving state)
FIG. 57 is an example of an effect when the rush effect exclusive variation B (the rush effect C) is executed after being in a customer waiting state at the start of the second special time saving state.

First, a predetermined time after the start of the variable display of the special symbol (the first special symbol's loss variation display), which is the specified number of times (800) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (the number of variations is cleared to 0 based on the end of the jackpot game). After elapses, as shown in FIG. 57(a), the left and right production patterns 70a are temporarily stopped, and a reduction in working hours suggesting production that suggests the possibility of occurrence of a special reduction in working hours state is executed. Specifically, the "help time" pattern, which is a special effect pattern suggesting that a special time-saving state will occur in the central effect pattern 70a, scrolls at a low speed and is temporarily stopped.

Then, when the time-saving suggestive effect is completed, as shown in FIG. 57(b), the effect pattern 70a is produced by the second special time-saving rushing eye (special losing effect pattern) which is a loss mode including the "help time" pattern in the center. is actually stopped, the special symbol TZ is actually stopped by the second special time-saving rushing eye, which is a losing mode with the middle symbol "0", and the white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

After that, when the stop time of the special symbol elapses, the second special time saving state is started, and the customer waiting state is started, and as shown in FIG. 2 The remaining number of times NK, which is the number of variable displays that can be executed in the special time-saving state, and a character image of "During help time" suggesting that the time-saving state is in progress are displayed. In addition, the first suspension icon display area 70B corresponding to the first suspension on the non-prioritized side becomes a non-display state due to the time saving state, and the second suspension icon display area corresponding to the second suspension on the priority side is displayed. be.

Then, when the customer waiting time (for example, 60 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. 57(d), the customer waiting demonstration effect is started, and the icon display area 70C and the second pending icon display area 70D are hidden. becomes.

After that, the first holding number increased to "1" by winning the game ball in the first start port 45 is subtracted to "0", and the first special symbol fluctuation display in the second special time saving state (first special When the symbol losing variation display) is started, as shown in FIG. 57 (e), the variation effect by the rush effect dedicated variation B is started, and the first pending number display area 70E is updated to "3". , the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C. Also, the effect pattern 70a changes to a display mode of only numbers, and the variable display of the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ is started. Further, the remaining number of times NK is updated to 599 times, the execution of the first half effect (2 seconds) of the rush effect C is started, and a character image of "help time rush" is displayed so as to overlap the rush effect background image. , rush BGM and the voice of "help time rush" are output.

After that, when the first half of the rush effect C ends, the second half of the rush effect C starts as shown in FIG. is displayed, and a voice saying "During the help time, hit right!" is output.

Then, when the latter half of the rush effect C ends, as shown in FIG. 57(g), the operation of the cross key 19 starts the mode selection effect for selecting the effect mode in the second special time saving state. Specifically, a first option image corresponding to the effect mode JB1, a second option image corresponding to the effect mode JB2, and a third option image corresponding to the effect mode JB3 are displayed, and the cross key 19 is simulated. The effective suggestion image and the remaining time image indicating the remaining effective time are displayed, and the selected BGM is output. As for the option images, the option images in the selected state are displayed in a bright color, and the option images in the non-selected state are displayed in a dark color.

Thereafter, when the effective time elapses or the decision operation is performed by the effect button 17 while the first option image corresponding to the effect mode JB1 is selected, the first option image is displayed as shown in FIG. 57(h). is displayed in an enlarged manner, the production mode JB1 is set, and a determination sound effect is output.

Further, when the mode selection effect is completed, as shown in FIG. 57(i), the background image corresponding to the mode JB1 is displayed while the effect pattern 70a is variably displayed, and the effect pattern 70a is temporarily stopped. Later, when the fluctuation time has passed and the lost special symbol is stopped and displayed, the production symbol 70a and the special symbol TZ are finally stopped and displayed in the icon display area 70C, as shown in FIG. 56(j). white icon is erased.

(Production example when non-dedicated variation is executed at the start of the second special time saving state)
FIG. 58 is an example of an effect when a non-exclusive variation (rush effect D) is executed at the start of the second special time saving state.

First, a predetermined time after the start of the variable display of the special symbol (the first special symbol's loss variation display), which is the specified number of times (800) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (the number of variations is cleared to 0 based on the end of the jackpot game). After elapses, as shown in FIG. 58(a), the left and right production patterns 70a are temporarily stopped, and a reduction in working hours suggesting production that suggests the possibility of occurrence of a special reduction in working hours state is executed. Specifically, the "help time" pattern, which is a special effect pattern suggesting that a special time-saving state will occur in the central effect pattern 70a, scrolls at a low speed and is temporarily stopped.

Then, when the time saving suggestive effect is completed, as shown in FIG. 58(b), the effect pattern 70a is produced by the second special time saving rushing eye (special losing effect pattern) which is a losing mode including the "help time" pattern in the center. is actually stopped, the special symbol TZ is actually stopped by the second special time-saving rushing eye, which is a losing mode with the middle symbol "0", and the white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Then, when the special symbol stop time elapses, the second special time saving state is started, and when the first reservation number is subtracted to "3" and the first special symbol loss fluctuation display is started, FIG. 58 ( As shown in c), a right-handed small image MUS that suggests hitting to the right, a remaining number of times NK that is the number of variable displays that can be executed in the second special time-saving state, and a "help time" that suggests that you are in a time-saving state A character image of "medium" is displayed. In addition, the first suspension icon display area 70B corresponding to the first suspension on the non-prioritized side becomes a non-display state due to the time saving state, and the second suspension icon display area corresponding to the second suspension on the priority side is displayed. be.

In addition, when the super-shortened variable effect, which is a non-dedicated variable, is started, the first pending number display area 70E is updated to "3", and the icon is displayed in the icon display area 70C (first pending icon display The blue icon in the area 70B is displayed as a white icon). Also, the effect pattern 70a changes to a display mode of only numbers, and the variable display of the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ is started. Furthermore, the remaining number of times NK is updated to 599 times, and execution of rush effect D (2 seconds), which is the same effect as the first half effect of rush effect C, is started, and "help time rush" is superimposed on the rush background image. is displayed, and the rush BGM and the voice of "help time rush" are output.

Then, when the effect period of the rush effect D ends, as shown in FIG. 58(d), a background image corresponding to the predetermined effect mode JB1 is displayed while the effect symbol 70a is variably displayed. After the performance symbol 70a is temporarily stopped, when the change time elapses and the losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, as shown in FIG. The white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

On the other hand, when the normal reach variation effect, which is a non-dedicated variation, is started, as shown in FIG. Icons are displayed (the blue icon in the first reserved icon display area 70B is displayed as a white icon). Also, the effect pattern 70a changes to a display mode of only numbers, and the variable display of the effect pattern 70a and the special pattern TZ is started. Furthermore, the remaining number of times NK is updated to 599 times, and execution of rush effect D (2 seconds), which is the same effect as the first half effect of rush effect C, is started, and "help time rush" is superimposed on the rush background image. is displayed, and the rush BGM and the voice of "help time rush" are output.

Then, when the effect period of rush effect D ends, as shown in FIG. BGM corresponding to is output.

Further, when a predetermined period of time has elapsed, as shown in FIG. 58(h), the left and right performance symbols 70a are temporarily stopped at "4", and the normal ready-to-win performance is started. At this time, the BGM corresponding to the presentation mode JB1 is muted and the normal reach BGM is audibly output.

After that, when the normal ready-to-win performance time elapses, the middle symbol is temporarily stopped at the reach-losing result of "5", and when the temporary stop time elapses, as shown in FIG. The special symbol TZ is actually stopped at the reach-losing result, which is a losing mode of the middle symbol "5", and the white icon displayed in the icon display area 70C is erased.

Thus, according to the production example shown in FIGS. 56 to 58, in the first fluctuation display (variation production) of the second special time saving state, when the fluctuation time is clear by executing the rush-only fluctuation A rush performance C whose performance time is longer than the rush performance D is executed, and when the fluctuation time is indefinite without execution of the rush exclusive variation, the rush performance D whose performance time is shorter than the rush performance C is executed. It is designed to As a result, the inconvenience that the rush effect is not finished during the first variable display (variable effect) does not occur, and the interest in the game can be improved.

Further, according to the production examples shown in FIGS. 56 to 58, the first half production of the rush production C and the rush production D are the same production. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the volume of performance data for the rush performance, and it becomes easier for the player to grasp that both are rush performances, thereby making it possible to improve the amusement of the game.

The first half of the rush effect C and the rush effect D may not be the same effect, but may be different effects. A background image corresponding to JB1 may be displayed.

(Notification example of game-related information before and after the occurrence of the second special time saving state)
Using FIG. 59, an example of notification of game-related information (information useful for the player, etc.) before and after the occurrence of the second special time saving state will be described.

As shown in FIG. 59 (a), after the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) and before the occurrence of the second special time saving state, the main game-related information The remaining number of fluctuations until the second special time saving state occurs on the lower right of the screen of the display device 70 ("Remaining XX times until the help time") is displayed, and in the state where the payout abnormality has not occurred, the glass The notification LED 10a provided on the frame 4 is extinguished. That is, the display of the information related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state is the notification of the game-related information.

FIG. 59(a) is an example of notification of the game-related information in the production mode T1 in the normal game state, but in the production mode T0, which is the production mode dedicated to after the time saving, the second special time saving state occurs. The remaining number of fluctuations ("○○ times remaining until the help time") is not displayed, and the notification LED 10a is also turned off, and in the production mode T2 and the production mode T3, the second special time saving state is the same as the production mode T1. The number of remaining fluctuations ("XX times remaining until help time") is displayed in the same position and with the same size, and the notification LED 10a is extinguished when no payout abnormality occurs. Therefore, the display mode of the effect pattern 70a, the type of background image, the display image of the effect mode (a kind of game-related information), etc. are different between the effect modes T1 to T3.

In addition, even before the occurrence of the second special time reduction state, during the normal time reduction state or the first special time reduction state, the remaining number of fluctuations until the second special time reduction state occurs ("Remaining until the help time ○○ times”) is not displayed, and the notification LED 10a is turned off in a state where no payout abnormality has occurred, but during the first special time saving state that occurred after the normal time saving state ended, the second special The number of fluctuations remaining until the time saving state occurs (“○○ times left until help time”) may be displayed.

As shown in FIG. 59(b), the establishment of the predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) and the end of the second special time saving state (without the jackpot game being executed After passing through), there is no possibility that the second special time-saving state will occur, so the remaining number of fluctuations until the second special time-saving state occurs ("Remaining ○○ times until help time") is displayed. The notification LED 10a provided on the glass frame 4 is extinguished in a state where no dispensing abnormality has occurred. In other words, not displaying the information related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state is the notification of the game-related information.

Figure 59 (b) is an example of notification of game-related information in the production mode T1 in the normal game state, also in the production mode T2 and production mode T3, similarly to the production mode T1, the second special time saving state The number of fluctuations remaining until occurrence ("○○ times remaining until help time") is not displayed, and the notification LED 10a is extinguished in a state where no payout abnormality has occurred. Therefore, the display mode of the effect pattern 70a, the type of background image, the display image of the effect mode (a kind of game-related information), etc. are different between the effect modes T1 to T3.

As shown in FIG. 59 (c), after the establishment of the predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations based on the end of the jackpot game) and the end of the second special time saving state (without the jackpot game being executed Through) after the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned OFF-ON and the control state of the game is restored, there is no possibility that the second special time saving state will occur, so the remaining time until the second special time saving state Information (“??? times until jackpot”) different from the number of fluctuations (“○○ times left until help time”) is displayed, and a notification is provided on the glass frame 4 when no payout abnormality occurs. The LED 10a blinks in red in a manner different from when the payout abnormality occurs. In other words, the display of information different from the information related to the occurrence of the second special time saving state is the notification of the game-related information.

FIG. 59(c) is an example of notification of game-related information in production mode T1 in normal game state, but in production mode T2 and production mode T3, as in production mode T1, up to the second special time saving state. The information (“??? times until the jackpot”) is displayed in the same position and in the same size as the remaining number of fluctuations (“○○ times left until the help time”), and a payout error has occurred. In the non-existing state, the notification LED 10a provided on the glass frame 4 blinks in red in a manner different from that when the payout abnormality occurs. Therefore, the display mode of the effect pattern 70a, the type of background image, the display image of the effect mode (a kind of game-related information), etc. are different between the effect modes T1 to T3.

In this way, even before the end of the second special time saving state and after the end are the same game state, since the display mode (notification mode) of the game-related information, which is useful information for the player, is different, the player It is possible to provide useful information to the player in different display modes, thereby making it possible to improve the interest in the game.

In addition, even before the end of the second special time-saving state and after the end are the same production mode, since the display mode (notification mode) of the game-related information, which is useful information for the player, is different, Therefore, it is possible to provide useful information in different display modes, thereby enhancing the amusement of the game.

Also, when the control state of the game is restored by turning the power of the gaming machine 1 OFF-ON after the end of the second special time-saving state (through without executing the jackpot game), the light emission mode of the notification LED 10a ( In order to notify that the second special time saving state has ended by flashing red), even if the number of variable displays is cleared on the data display (call lamp, data terminal) of the game store, it is an emergency for the player. Important information can be notified to the player, and the interest in the game can be improved.

In addition, in this embodiment, even if the first special time saving state occurs, even if the second special time saving state occurs, the display of “help time rush” and “help Although it was designed to output "time rush", different displays and sounds may be output in the first special time saving state and the second special time saving state.

(Content 1 of the invention described in this embodiment)
Here, in the conventional gaming machine, it is determined whether or not to execute a jackpot game advantageous to the player based on the determination information acquired based on the winning of the game medium in the start area, and the determination result is determined. Gaming machines that execute game effects are common. Among such gaming machines, there are those that tabulate game information generated by games and perform performance display for evaluating the performance of the gaming machine (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-023716). However, there is a possibility that such a game machine does not provide an effective display of performance for amusement arcades.

As a first game machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Based on this, variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols) and game information generated by the game (normal payout number, normal out number) can be aggregated. Aggregation means, calculation means capable of calculating specific information (normal base value) based on the game information aggregated by the aggregation means, and display means for displaying the specific information calculated by the calculation means. and a possible information display means, wherein the gaming information is being counted, and the predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations due to the end of the jackpot game). When a losing symbol (ordinary losing special symbol) for which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of symbols, the counting of the game information is stopped. Therefore, it is possible to display the performance effectively for the amusement arcade.

As a second gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player; Based on this, variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols) and game information generated by the game (normal payout number, normal out number) can be aggregated. Aggregation means, calculation means capable of calculating specific information (normal base value) based on the game information aggregated by the aggregation means, and display means for displaying the specific information calculated by the calculation means. and a possible information display means, wherein the gaming information is being counted, and the predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations due to the end of the jackpot game). In the variable display of symbols, when the losing symbols (ordinary losing special symbols) for which the special game is not executed are stopped and displayed, the aggregation of the game information is interrupted,
In the changing display of the symbols which is the specified number of times (600 times) after the counting of the game information is interrupted, when the losing symbols (ordinary losing special symbols) for which the special game is not executed are stopped and displayed, the gaming information is displayed. Aggregation of Therefore, it is possible to display the performance effectively for the amusement arcade.

As a third gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Based on this, a variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), a normal game state (non-time-saving state), and a specific game that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game state A state control means capable of controlling a state (time saving state), a totalizing means capable of totaling game information generated by a game (the number of normal payouts and the number of normal outs), and the totalizing means totaling calculation means capable of calculating specific information (normal base value) based on the game information calculated; and information display means capable of causing display means to display the specific information calculated by the calculation means. When a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) for which the special game is not performed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the symbols executed during the counting of the game information, the counting of the game information is stopped. It is characterized by Therefore, it is possible to display the performance effectively for the amusement arcade.

As a fourth gaming machine for solving the above problems, there is a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means. Based on this, a variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), a normal game state (non-time-saving state), and a specific game that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game state A state control means capable of controlling a state (time saving state), a totalizing means capable of totaling game information generated by a game (the number of normal payouts and the number of normal outs), and the totalizing means totaling calculation means capable of calculating specific information (normal base value) based on the game information calculated; and information display means capable of causing display means to display the specific information calculated by the calculation means. , when a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) for which the special game is not performed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the symbols executed during the counting of the gaming information, the counting of the gaming information is interrupted; When a normal losing pattern (normal losing special pattern) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variation display of the symbols which is the specified number of times (200th time) after the counting of the game information is interrupted, Aggregation of game information is restarted. Therefore, it is possible to display the performance effectively for the amusement arcade.

(Content 2 of the invention described in the present embodiment)
Here, in the conventional gaming machine, it is determined whether or not to execute a jackpot game advantageous to the player based on the determination information acquired based on the winning of the game medium in the start area, and the determination result is determined. Gaming machines that execute game effects are common. Among such gaming machines, there is one that performs an instruction display that indicates the shooting position of the game medium at the start of the jackpot game (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2018-075479). However, the conventional gaming machines have a problem that the players become accustomed to the playability and lose interest in the games.

As a first game machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Based on this, a variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), and an instruction display (right-handed display) for firing (right-handed) a game medium at a specific position in the game area and an instruction display execution means capable of executing a command display execution means capable of executing a predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations due to the end of the jackpot game). In the variable display of symbols, when the losing symbols (ordinary losing special symbols) for which the special game is not executed are stopped and displayed, the instruction display is started. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a second gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player; Based on this, variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), display means capable of displaying game effect images, and control of said display means. and a performance control means capable of performing a predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of fluctuations due to the end of the jackpot game). When a losing symbol (ordinary losing special symbol) that is not executed is stopped and displayed, a shooting instruction image (right-handed large image, right-handed large image, Right shot small image) is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a third gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Based on this, a variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), and an instruction display (right-handed display) for firing (right-handed) a game medium at a specific position in the game area and an instruction display execution means capable of executing the lighting of the vessel), and when a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) in which the special game is not performed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the symbols, the Instruction display (lighting of the right-handed indicator) is started. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a fourth gaming machine for solving the above problems, there is a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means. Based on this, variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), display means capable of displaying game effect images, and control of said display means. When a specific losing pattern (special losing special pattern) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the symbols, the display means is displayed at a specific position in the game area. A shooting instruction image (right-handed large image, right-handed small image) for instructing shooting (right-handed shooting) of the game medium is displayed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

(Content 3 of the invention described in this embodiment)
Here, in the conventional gaming machine, it is determined whether or not to execute a jackpot game advantageous to the player based on the determination information acquired based on the winning of the game medium in the start area, and the determination result is determined. Gaming machines that execute game effects are common. Some of such gaming machines output a signal corresponding to the game situation to the outside of the gaming machine (see, for example, JP-A-2018-023716). However, the conventional gaming machine has a problem that the gaming situation cannot be fully grasped outside the gaming machine.

As a first game machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Variation display execution means capable of executing variation display of symbols (variation display of special symbols) and signal output means capable of outputting a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine based on , and in the variable display of the symbols after a predetermined condition is established (RWM clear, the number of variations due to the end of the jackpot game is cleared to 0), the specific symbols (big hit special symbols) for which the special game is executed are displayed stopped. Then, the output of a predetermined signal is started, and in the variable display of the symbols before the predetermined number of times (800th time) from the establishment of the predetermined condition, the special game is not executed in the losing symbols (ordinary losing special symbols). is stop-displayed, the output of the predetermined signal is not started, and in the variable display of the symbols, which is the predetermined number of times from the establishment of the predetermined condition, when the losing symbol (ordinary losing special symbol) is stopped-displayed, the predetermined Signal output is started. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a second gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. a signal output means, wherein in the normal game state, the variation of the special symbol that is the predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations due to the end of the jackpot game); When the losing symbols (ordinary losing special symbols) in which the special game is not executed are stopped and displayed in the display, it is controlled to the specific game state, and the normal game state is changed to the normal game state during the variable display of the normal symbols in the predetermined time. When it is controlled to the specific game state, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the variable display of the normal symbols in the predetermined time continues, and the shortened time is set from the next variable display of the normal symbols. It's becoming Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a third gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) that is advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the normal game state, a predetermined number of times (800 When a losing symbol (normal losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the special symbol which is the second time, the control is performed to the specific game state, and the normal symbol is displayed during the variable display. When the normal game state is controlled to the specific game state, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the variable display of the normal symbols continues, and the auxiliary game is executed from the next variable display of the normal symbols. The opening of the special starting area at this time is the extension time. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a fourth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. a signal output means, wherein in the normal game state, the variation of the special symbol that is the predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations due to the end of the jackpot game); In the display, when a losing symbol (ordinary losing special symbol) for which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed, it is controlled to the specific game state, and is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during execution of the auxiliary game. When it is done, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the execution of the auxiliary game is continued, and the shortened time starts from the next variable display of the normal symbol. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a fifth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the normal game state, a predetermined number of times (800 When a losing symbol in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the special symbol which is the second time, the auxiliary game is controlled to the specific game state and the special start area is opened in a predetermined time. When the normal game state is controlled to the specific game state during execution, the execution of the auxiliary game in which the output of the predetermined signal is started and the special start area is opened in a predetermined time continues, and the following Opening of the special starting area from the auxiliary game is the extension time. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a sixth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player is performed based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. a signal output means, wherein in the normal game state, the variation of the special symbol that is the predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations due to the end of the jackpot game); When a losing symbol (ordinary losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the display, it is controlled to the specific game state over a predetermined period, and the normal game is displayed during the variable display of the normal symbol in the predetermined time. When the state is controlled to the specific game state, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the variable display of the normal symbols in the predetermined time continues, and the shortened time starts from the next variable display of the normal symbols. When the normal game state is changed from the specific game state to the normal game state during the variable display of the normal symbols in the shortened time, the output of the predetermined signal is stopped and the variable display of the normal symbols in the shortened time. continues, and the predetermined time is reached from the next variable display of the normal symbol. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a seventh gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) that is advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the normal game state, a predetermined number of times (800 When a losing symbol (ordinary losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the special symbol which is the second time, the specific game state is controlled for a predetermined period, and the variable display of the normal symbol is performed. When it is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the normal symbol variation display continues, and the auxiliary game starts from the next normal symbol variation display. When the opening of the special starting area when executed becomes the extension time, and when the normal game state is controlled from the specific game state to the normal game state during the variable display of the normal symbols, the output of the predetermined signal is stopped. The variable display of the normal symbols continues, and the opening of the special starting area when the auxiliary game is executed from the next variable display of the normal symbols is set to the predetermined time. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As an eighth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) that is advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media in the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. a signal output means, wherein in the normal game state, the variation of the special symbol that is the predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of a predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations due to the end of the jackpot game); When a losing symbol (ordinary losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the display, it is controlled to the specific game state for a predetermined period, and the normal game state is changed to the specific game state during execution of the auxiliary game. , the execution of the auxiliary game continues with the start of the output of the predetermined signal, the shortened time from the next normal symbol fluctuation display, and the specific game state during the execution of the auxiliary game When it is controlled to the normal game state from , the output of the predetermined signal is stopped and the execution of the auxiliary game continues, and the predetermined time starts from the next variable display of the normal symbol. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a ninth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) that is advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the normal game state, a predetermined number of times (800 When a losing symbol (normal losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the special symbol which is the second time, the specific game state is controlled for a predetermined period, and the special start area is specified. When the normal game state is controlled to the specific game state during the execution of the auxiliary game that is opened in time, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the special start area is opened in a predetermined time. The game continues, the opening of the special starting area becomes the extended time from the next auxiliary game, and the normal game state is changed from the specific game state during the execution of the auxiliary game in which the special starting area is opened in the extended time. , the auxiliary game in which the output of the predetermined signal is stopped and the special starting area is opened for an extended time continues, and the opening of the special starting area from the next auxiliary game is the predetermined time is designed to be Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a tenth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Variation display execution means capable of executing variation display of symbols (variation display of special symbols) and signal output means capable of outputting a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine based on , and when a specific symbol (big win special symbol) for executing the special game is stopped and displayed in the variation display of the symbols, a predetermined signal is started to be output, and the special game is executed in the variation display of the symbols. When the normal losing pattern (normal special losing pattern) which is not executed is stopped and displayed, the output of the predetermined signal is not started, and the specific losing pattern (special losing special pattern) in which the special game is not executed in the variable display of the patterns. is stopped, the output of the predetermined signal is started. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As an eleventh gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) that is advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. and signal output means, and when a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) is stop-displayed in which the special game is not executed in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, the game machine enters the specific game state. When it is controlled and is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during the variable display of the normal symbols in the predetermined time, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the normal symbols in the predetermined time. The variable display continues, and the shortened time is reached from the next variable display of the normal symbol. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

A twelfth gaming machine for solving the above problems provides a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, the specific losing symbols (special losing special symbols) in which the special game is not executed are stopped. When it is displayed, it is controlled to the specific game state, and when it is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during the variable display of the normal symbols in the predetermined time, the output of the predetermined signal is started. At the same time, the variable display of the normal symbols in the predetermined time continues, and the opening of the special start area when the auxiliary game is executed from the next variable display of the normal symbols becomes the extended time. there is Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a thirteenth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. and signal output means, and when a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) is stop-displayed in which the special game is not executed in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, the game machine enters the specific game state. When it is controlled and controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during execution of the auxiliary game, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the execution of the auxiliary game continues, and the next normal symbol The shortened time is changed from the variable display. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a fourteenth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player is performed based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, the specific losing symbols (special losing special symbols) in which the special game is not executed are stopped. When displayed, it is controlled to the specific game state, and when the normal game state is controlled to the specific game state during execution of the auxiliary game in which the special start area is opened in a predetermined time, the predetermined signal The execution of the auxiliary game in which the output is started and the special start area is opened in a predetermined time is continued, and the opening of the special start area is set to the extension time from the next auxiliary game. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a fifteenth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) that is advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. and signal output means, and when a particular losing symbol (special losing special symbol) is stop-displayed in which the special game is not executed in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, the specified specific symbol for a predetermined period of time. When it is controlled to the game state and is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during the variable display of the normal symbols for the predetermined time, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the predetermined time is displayed. When the variable display of normal symbols continues, the shortened time is reached from the next variable display of the normal symbols, and the specific game state is controlled to the normal game state during the variable display of the normal symbols in the shortened time. When the output of the predetermined signal is stopped, the variable display of the normal symbols is continued in the shortened time, and the predetermined time is reached from the next variable display of the normal symbols. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

A sixteenth gaming machine for solving the above problems provides a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, the specific losing symbols (special losing special symbols) in which the special game is not executed are stopped. When displayed, it is controlled to the specific game state over a predetermined period, and when it is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during the variable display of the normal symbols, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the The variation display of the normal symbols continues, and the opening of the special start area when the auxiliary game is executed from the next variation display of the normal symbols becomes the extension time, and the specific game is played during the variation display of the normal symbols. When the state is controlled to the normal game state, the output of the predetermined signal is stopped and the variation display of the normal symbols continues, and the auxiliary game is executed from the next variation display of the normal symbols. The opening of the special starting area is set for the predetermined time. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As a seventeenth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) that is advantageous to the player is based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, a normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of the normal symbol, a normal game state (non-time saving state) in which the variation display of the normal symbol is a predetermined time, It is possible to output a predetermined signal (advantageous state signal) to the outside of the game machine, and a state control means capable of controlling the variable display of the normal symbols to a specific game state (time saving state) in which the time is shortened. and signal output means, and when a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, the specific game is played for a predetermined period. state, and when it is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during execution of the auxiliary game, the output of the predetermined signal is started and the execution of the auxiliary game continues, and the next normal When the shortened time is reached from the fluctuation display of the symbols, and the specific game state is controlled to the normal game state during the execution of the auxiliary game, the output of the predetermined signal is stopped and the execution of the auxiliary game is continued. , the predetermined time from the next variable display of the normal symbol. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

As an eighteenth gaming machine for solving the above problems, a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player is performed based on the winning of game media into the special start area (first start opening, second start opening). and a special figure variation display execution means capable of performing variation display of special symbols based on the determination result of the first determination means. , a second determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute an auxiliary game for opening the special start area based on the winning of game media to the normal start area (normal figure gate); Based on the determination result of the determination means, normal pattern variation display execution means capable of executing the variation display of normal symbols, and the normal game state (non- State control means capable of controlling between a time-saving state) and a specific game state (time-saving state) in which the opening of the special start area during the auxiliary game is an extended time, and a predetermined signal (advantageous and a signal output means capable of outputting a state signal), and in the variable display of the special symbols during the normal game state, a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is displayed stopped. Then, it is controlled to the specific game state over a predetermined period, and when the special start area is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state during execution of the auxiliary game in which the special start area is opened at a predetermined time, the predetermined Execution of the auxiliary game in which the output of the signal is started and the special start area is opened in a predetermined time continues, and the opening of the special start area becomes the extended time from the next auxiliary game, and the special start area is opened in the extended time When the specific game state is controlled to the normal game state during execution of the auxiliary game, the output of the predetermined signal is stopped and the special start area is opened in the extended time The execution of the auxiliary game is continued, and the opening of the special starting area from the next auxiliary game is the predetermined time. Therefore, it is possible to fully grasp the game situation outside the gaming machine.

(Content 4 of the invention described in this embodiment)
Here, in the conventional gaming machine, it is determined whether or not to execute a jackpot game advantageous to the player based on the determination information acquired based on the winning of the game medium in the start area, and the determination result is determined. Gaming machines that execute game effects are common. Among such gaming machines, there are some that display a background image on display means for displaying an effect image, or output an effect sound from a sound output unit (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-075479 Gazette). However, the conventional gaming machine has a problem that the interest in the game is low.

As a first game machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Based on, the variable display execution means capable of executing the variable display of the symbol (variable display of the special symbol), and the effect control means capable of executing the predetermined notification (special time-saving rush notification, right-handed notification) And, in the variation display of the symbol, which is the predetermined number of times (800 times) from the establishment of the predetermined condition (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations due to the end of the jackpot game), the special game is not executed. When the normal losing special symbol is stopped and displayed, the predetermined notification is executed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a second gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player; Variation display execution means capable of executing variation display of symbols (variation display of special symbols), a normal game state (non-time-saving state), and variation of the variation display of the symbols more than the normal game state. State control means capable of controlling to a specific game state (time saving state) in which time tends to be shortened, and performance control means for controlling game performance are provided, and predetermined conditions are established in the normal game state. In the variation display of the symbols, which is the predetermined number of times (800 times) from (RWM clear, 0 clear of the number of variations due to the end of the jackpot game), the losing symbols (ordinary losing special symbols) for which the special game is not executed are stopped and displayed. Then, it is controlled to the specific game state, and when the normal game state is controlled to the specific game state, even if it is a customer waiting state in which the next variation display of the symbol is not executed, a predetermined effect (right display of small hitting image MUS, change of background image, change of BGM, change of display mode of production pattern, etc.) are executed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a third gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Based on, the variable display execution means capable of executing the variable display of the symbol (variable display of the special symbol), and the effect control means capable of executing the predetermined notification (special time-saving rush notification, right-handed notification) , and when a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the symbols, the predetermined notification is executed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a fourth gaming machine for solving the above problems, there is a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means. Variation display execution means capable of executing variation display of symbols (variation display of special symbols), a normal game state (non-time-saving state), and variation of the variation display of the symbols more than the normal game state. A state control means capable of controlling a specific game state (working time reduction state) in which the time tends to be shortened, and a performance control means for controlling the performance of the game are provided, and the variable display of the symbols during the normal game state is provided. When a specific losing symbol (special losing special symbol) in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the above, it is controlled to the specific game state, and when it is controlled from the normal game state to the specific game state, the following Even in a customer waiting state in which variable display of symbols is not executed, predetermined effects (display of right-handed small image MUS, change of background image, change of BGM, change of display mode of effect symbols, etc.) are executed. It's like Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

(Content 5 of the invention described in this embodiment)
Here, in the conventional gaming machine, it is determined whether or not to execute a jackpot game advantageous to the player based on the determination information acquired based on the winning of the game medium in the start area, and the determination result is determined. There is a game machine that executes a game effect (for example, see JP-A-2018-075479). However, the conventional gaming machine has a problem that the interest in the game is low.

As a first game machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player, and a determination result of the determination means Based on this, a variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), a normal game state (non-time-saving state), and a specific game that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game state State control means capable of controlling the state (second special time saving state (ceiling time saving)), state storage means (game RWM) capable of storing information on the control state of the game, and power supply is started, state recovery means capable of recovering the control state of the game based on the information stored in the state storage means, and predetermined information according to the progress of the game (the number of fluctuations in which the second special time saving state has occurred (800 times or more), information storage means (game RWM) capable of storing special time saving flag, etc.), and predetermined notification (time saving occurrence notification) based on the information stored in the information storage means The state control means controls the specific game state over a predetermined period based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and the notification means, when the game control state is restored If the predetermined information is not stored in the information storage means, the predetermined information is not executed, and the predetermined information is stored in the information storage means when the control state of the game is restored. , it is possible to execute the predetermined notification. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a second gaming machine for solving the above problems, a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game (jackpot game) advantageous to the player; Based on, variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols (variable display of special symbols), state storage means (RWM for game) capable of storing information regarding the control state of the game, When the power supply is started, state restoration means capable of restoring the control state of the game based on the information stored in the state storage means, and notification means capable of executing a predetermined notification (notification that time saving has occurred) And, the state control means controls to the first specific game state (normal time saving state, first special time saving state (symbol time saving)) over a predetermined period based on the establishment of the first condition, and the establishment of the second condition Based on the control to the second specific game state (second special time saving state (ceiling time saving)) for a predetermined period, the notification means supplies power after the first specific game state ends without the special game being executed is stopped, and then the power supply is started and the control state of the game is restored, while the predetermined notification is not executed, the special game is not executed and the second specific game state is completed. When the power supply is stopped and then the power supply is started and the control state of the game is restored, it is possible to execute the predetermined notification. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

(Content 6 of the invention described in this embodiment)
Here, in the conventional gaming machine, based on the determination information acquired based on the establishment of the starting condition, it is determined whether or not to execute a jackpot game advantageous to the player, and a game effect is executed according to the result of the determination. Amusement machines that Among such gaming machines, there is one that controls a normal game state and a specific game state that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game state (see, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2018-023716). However, conventional gaming machines have had the problem of lacking interest in games.

As a first game machine for solving the above-mentioned problems, there are a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and a plurality of game machines having different fluctuation times based on the determination result of the determination means. and a game state control capable of controlling between a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state. and an effect control means capable of executing a game effect in accordance with the result of the determination, wherein the game state control means causes a losing pattern to be displayed in a predetermined number of fluctuation display of the pattern from the establishment of the predetermined condition. When it is stopped and displayed, it can be controlled to the specific game state, and the effect control means, when controlled to the specific game state, indicates that the specific game state has been controlled during the first symbol fluctuation display. It is possible to execute the notification performance to notify, and the notification performance is executed in a time shorter than the variation pattern having the shortest variation time among a plurality of the variation patterns that may be executed in the variation display of the first pattern. It is viable. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a second game machine for solving the above-mentioned problems, there is a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and a variable display of symbols based on the determination result of the determination means. Executable variable display execution means, game state control means capable of controlling a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state, and execution of a game effect according to the result of the determination. and a possible performance control means, wherein the game state control means stops and displays a losing symbol in which the special game is not executed in the variable display of the symbol, which is the predetermined number of times from the establishment of the predetermined condition, and the specific game. A game state can be controlled, and the effect control means can execute a notification effect for notifying that the game is controlled to the specific game state during the fluctuation display of the first symbol when the game state is controlled to the specific game state. There is, and when the ready-to-win effect is executed during the variable display of the first symbol, the notification effect is terminated before the ready-to-win effect is started. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a third game machine for solving the above problems, there is provided a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and a variable display of symbols based on the determination result of the determination means. Executable variable display execution means, game state control means capable of controlling a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state, and execution of a game effect according to the result of the determination. and a possible performance control means, wherein the game state control means stops and displays a losing symbol in which the special game is not executed in the variable display of the symbol, which is the predetermined number of times from the establishment of the predetermined condition, and the specific game. A game state can be controlled, and the effect control means can execute a notification effect for notifying that the game is controlled to the specific game state during the fluctuation display of the first symbol when the game state is controlled to the specific game state. When the variable display of the first symbol satisfies a specific condition, the notification effect is executed, and when the variable display of the first symbol does not satisfy the specific condition, the notification effect is not executed. It has become. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a fourth gaming machine for solving the above-mentioned problems, there is a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and a plurality of variation patterns based on the determination result of the determination means. variable display execution means capable of executing variable display of symbols by any one of them; game state control means capable of controlling between a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state; and an effect control means capable of executing a game effect according to the result of the determination, wherein the game state control means is a variable display of the symbol that is a predetermined number of times after the first condition is established or the second condition is established. When the losing symbols for which the special game is not executed are stopped and displayed, it is possible to control to the specific game state, and the variable display execution means, when controlled to the specific game state after the first condition is established, first When the variation display of symbols is executed by a specific variation pattern and is controlled to the specific game state after the second condition is established, the first variation display of symbols is any of a plurality of variation patterns different from the specific variation pattern. The effect control means can execute a notification effect for notifying that the specific game state has been controlled during the first fluctuation display of symbols after being controlled to the specific game state. . Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a fifth game machine for solving the above-mentioned problems, there is provided a determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and a variable display of symbols based on the determination result of the determination means. Executable variable display execution means, game state control means capable of controlling a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state, and execution of a game effect according to the result of the determination. and a possible performance control means, and the game state control means, when a losing symbol is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the symbol for a predetermined number of times from the establishment of a predetermined condition, the specific game state is maintained for a predetermined period of time. Controllable, the effect control means is capable of notifying game-related information relating to the occurrence of the specific game state, the normal game state before the specific game state is started, and the specific game It is possible to change the notification mode of the game-related information in the normal game state after the state is terminated. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As a sixth gaming machine for solving the above problems, there are determining means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and a variable display of symbols based on the determination result of the determining means. Executable variable display execution means, game state control means capable of controlling a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state, and execution of a game effect according to the result of the determination. and a possible performance control means, and the game state control means, when a losing symbol is stopped and displayed in the variable display of the symbol for a predetermined number of times from the establishment of a predetermined condition, the specific game state is maintained for a predetermined period of time. controllable, the effect control means is capable of controlling any of a plurality of effect modes, is capable of notifying game-related information relating to the occurrence of the specific game state, and the specific game The notification mode of the game-related information is different between when the predetermined effect mode is controlled before the state is started and when the predetermined effect mode is controlled after the specific game state ends. It is possible to Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment is a gaming machine (so-called loop probability variable machine) that shifts to the probability variable game state or the time saving game state after the end of the jackpot game depending on the type of the jackpot special symbol, but during the jackpot game A game machine that shifts to a variable game state when a game ball passes through a specific area provided in a large winning opening, and shifts to a time-saving game state when a game ball does not pass through a specific area (so-called V probability variable machine ).

In addition, it may be a game machine (so-called ST machine) that shifts to the variable probability game state after all the jackpot games are completed, and shifts to the time-saving game state or normal game state when the variable display is executed a predetermined number of times.

In addition, after all the jackpot games are completed, the high-probability game state is entered, and when the falling lottery executed at the start of the variable display of the special symbols in the high-probability game state is won, the high-probability game state is ended and the normal A gaming machine (so-called falling lottery machine) that returns to the game state may be used.

In addition, in the small winning game, the first variable winning part 49 is opened, and the game ball that has won the first big winning port 50 enters a specific area to start the big winning game (so-called two-kind game machine, 1 type + 2 types game machine) may be used.

Further, in the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, the variable display of the first special symbol and the variable display of the second special symbol are not executed at the same time (in parallel), and the variable display of the second special symbol is preferentially executed. However, it may be a gaming machine (so-called simultaneous variation gaming machine) in which the variation display of the first special symbol and the variation display of the second special symbol are performed at the same time (in parallel).

In addition, the gaming machine of the present invention is not limited to a pachinko gaming machine, and when winning symbols are stop-displayed on an active line by a game using medals (game media) (fulfillment conditions are met), a predetermined amount of winning symbols are displayed. It can also be used for a reel-type game machine (so-called slot machine) capable of awarding a player with a prize medal (prize medal data). Furthermore, it can also be used for a Jankyu game machine and an arrange ball game machine.

In addition, the embodiments disclosed this time should be considered as examples in all respects and not restrictive. The scope of the present invention is indicated by the scope of the claims rather than the above description, and is intended to include all modifications within the scope and meaning of equivalents of the scope of the claims.

1 Game machine 5 Game board 44 Normal figure gate 45 First starting port 47 Second starting port 50 First big winning port 56 Second big winning port 70 Main display device 71 Sub display device 110 Main control board 110a Main CPU
120 Payout control board 130 Effect control board 130a Sub CPU

Claims (1)

determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player;
Variation display execution means capable of executing variation display of symbols by any one of a plurality of variation patterns based on the determination result of the determination means;
a game state control means capable of controlling between a normal game state and a specific game state more advantageous to the player than the normal game state;
A production control means capable of executing a game production according to the result of the determination,
The game state control means is
When the special game ends, it can be controlled to the specific game state,
When a losing symbol in which the special game is not executed is stopped and displayed in the variation display of the symbol for a predetermined number of times after the establishment of the first condition or the establishment of the second condition, it is possible to control to the specific game state,
The variable display executing means
When the specific game state is established after the first condition is established, the first pattern variation display, in which the losing symbols are stopped and displayed, is performed according to one specific variation pattern,
When it is controlled to the specific game state after the second condition is established, the variation display of the first symbol is executed by any one of a plurality of variation patterns different from the specific variation pattern,
The production control means is
When it is controlled to the specific game state after the end of the special game, it is possible to execute a first notification effect for notifying that it is controlled to the specific game state during the special game,
Regardless of whether or not the first pattern variation display after being controlled to the specific game state is the specific variation pattern, the first to notify that it is controlled to the specific game state during the variation display. This game machine is capable of executing a second notification performance different from the notification performance .

Images